LCOV - differential code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/storage/lmgr - lock.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit UNC UBC GNC CBC DUB DCB
Current: f76c13edadc2b319036e0d238703ed56bb23f934 vs 9e17d25e79d4756be08b4a5521b4b58450217137 Lines: 88.4 % 1366 1207 6 153 22 1185 4 34
Current Date: 2026-09-20 14:13:17 +0900 Functions: 96.8 % 63 61 2 11 50
Baseline: lcov-20260920-baseline Branches: 60.6 % 1272 771 4 497 18 753
Baseline Date: 2026-09-20 14:13:13 +0900 Line coverage date bins:
Legend: Lines:     hit not hit
Branches: + taken - not taken # not executed
(7,30] days: 100.0 % 19 19 11 8
(30,360] days: 88.0 % 50 44 6 11 33
(360..) days: 88.2 % 1297 1144 153 1144
Function coverage date bins:
(7,30] days: 100.0 % 1 1 1
(30,360] days: 100.0 % 2 2 1 1
(360..) days: 96.7 % 60 58 2 10 48
Branch coverage date bins:
(7,30] days: 71.4 % 14 10 3 1 7 3
(30,360] days: 92.9 % 28 26 1 1 11 15
(360..) days: 59.8 % 1230 735 495 735

 Age         Owner                    Branch data    TLA  Line data    Source code
                                  1                 :                : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  2                 :                :  *
                                  3                 :                :  * lock.c
                                  4                 :                :  *    POSTGRES primary lock mechanism
                                  5                 :                :  *
                                  6                 :                :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
                                  7                 :                :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
                                  8                 :                :  *
                                  9                 :                :  *
                                 10                 :                :  * IDENTIFICATION
                                 11                 :                :  *    src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c
                                 12                 :                :  *
                                 13                 :                :  * NOTES
                                 14                 :                :  *    A lock table is a shared memory hash table.  When
                                 15                 :                :  *    a process tries to acquire a lock of a type that conflicts
                                 16                 :                :  *    with existing locks, it is put to sleep using the routines
                                 17                 :                :  *    in storage/lmgr/proc.c.
                                 18                 :                :  *
                                 19                 :                :  *    For the most part, this code should be invoked via lmgr.c
                                 20                 :                :  *    or another lock-management module, not directly.
                                 21                 :                :  *
                                 22                 :                :  *  Interface:
                                 23                 :                :  *
                                 24                 :                :  *  LockManagerShmemInit(), GetLocksMethodTable(), GetLockTagsMethodTable(),
                                 25                 :                :  *  LockAcquire(), LockRelease(), LockReleaseAll(),
                                 26                 :                :  *  LockCheckConflicts(), GrantLock()
                                 27                 :                :  *
                                 28                 :                :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 29                 :                :  */
                                 30                 :                : #include "postgres.h"
                                 31                 :                : 
                                 32                 :                : #include <signal.h>
                                 33                 :                : #include <unistd.h>
                                 34                 :                : 
                                 35                 :                : #include "access/transam.h"
                                 36                 :                : #include "access/twophase.h"
                                 37                 :                : #include "access/twophase_rmgr.h"
                                 38                 :                : #include "access/xlog.h"
                                 39                 :                : #include "access/xlogutils.h"
                                 40                 :                : #include "miscadmin.h"
                                 41                 :                : #include "pg_trace.h"
                                 42                 :                : #include "pgstat.h"
                                 43                 :                : #include "port/atomics.h"
                                 44                 :                : #include "storage/lmgr.h"
                                 45                 :                : #include "storage/proc.h"
                                 46                 :                : #include "storage/procarray.h"
                                 47                 :                : #include "storage/shmem.h"
                                 48                 :                : #include "storage/standby.h"
                                 49                 :                : #include "storage/subsystems.h"
                                 50                 :                : #include "utils/memutils.h"
                                 51                 :                : #include "utils/ps_status.h"
                                 52                 :                : #include "utils/resowner.h"
                                 53                 :                : 
                                 54                 :                : 
                                 55                 :                : /* GUC variables */
                                 56                 :                : int         max_locks_per_xact; /* used to set the lock table size */
                                 57                 :                : bool        log_lock_failures = false;
                                 58                 :                : 
                                 59                 :                : #define NLOCKENTS() \
                                 60                 :                :     mul_size(max_locks_per_xact, add_size(MaxBackends, max_prepared_xacts))
                                 61                 :                : 
                                 62                 :                : 
                                 63                 :                : /*
                                 64                 :                :  * Data structures defining the semantics of the standard lock methods.
                                 65                 :                :  *
                                 66                 :                :  * The conflict table defines the semantics of the various lock modes.
                                 67                 :                :  */
                                 68                 :                : static const LOCKMASK LockConflicts[] = {
                                 69                 :                :     0,
                                 70                 :                : 
                                 71                 :                :     /* AccessShareLock */
                                 72                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 73                 :                : 
                                 74                 :                :     /* RowShareLock */
                                 75                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 76                 :                : 
                                 77                 :                :     /* RowExclusiveLock */
                                 78                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                 79                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 80                 :                : 
                                 81                 :                :     /* ShareUpdateExclusiveLock */
                                 82                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareUpdateExclusiveLock) |
                                 83                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                 84                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 85                 :                : 
                                 86                 :                :     /* ShareLock */
                                 87                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(RowExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareUpdateExclusiveLock) |
                                 88                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                 89                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 90                 :                : 
                                 91                 :                :     /* ShareRowExclusiveLock */
                                 92                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(RowExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareUpdateExclusiveLock) |
                                 93                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                 94                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                 95                 :                : 
                                 96                 :                :     /* ExclusiveLock */
                                 97                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(RowShareLock) |
                                 98                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(RowExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareUpdateExclusiveLock) |
                                 99                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                100                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock),
                                101                 :                : 
                                102                 :                :     /* AccessExclusiveLock */
                                103                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(AccessShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(RowShareLock) |
                                104                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(RowExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareUpdateExclusiveLock) |
                                105                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ShareLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(ShareRowExclusiveLock) |
                                106                 :                :     LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock) | LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock)
                                107                 :                : 
                                108                 :                : };
                                109                 :                : 
                                110                 :                : /* Names of lock modes, for debug printouts */
                                111                 :                : static const char *const lock_mode_names[] =
                                112                 :                : {
                                113                 :                :     "INVALID",
                                114                 :                :     "AccessShareLock",
                                115                 :                :     "RowShareLock",
                                116                 :                :     "RowExclusiveLock",
                                117                 :                :     "ShareUpdateExclusiveLock",
                                118                 :                :     "ShareLock",
                                119                 :                :     "ShareRowExclusiveLock",
                                120                 :                :     "ExclusiveLock",
                                121                 :                :     "AccessExclusiveLock"
                                122                 :                : };
                                123                 :                : 
                                124                 :                : #ifndef LOCK_DEBUG
                                125                 :                : static bool Dummy_trace = false;
                                126                 :                : #endif
                                127                 :                : 
                                128                 :                : static const LockMethodData default_lockmethod = {
                                129                 :                :     MaxLockMode,
                                130                 :                :     LockConflicts,
                                131                 :                :     lock_mode_names,
                                132                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                                133                 :                :     &Trace_locks
                                134                 :                : #else
                                135                 :                :     &Dummy_trace
                                136                 :                : #endif
                                137                 :                : };
                                138                 :                : 
                                139                 :                : static const LockMethodData user_lockmethod = {
                                140                 :                :     MaxLockMode,
                                141                 :                :     LockConflicts,
                                142                 :                :     lock_mode_names,
                                143                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                                144                 :                :     &Trace_userlocks
                                145                 :                : #else
                                146                 :                :     &Dummy_trace
                                147                 :                : #endif
                                148                 :                : };
                                149                 :                : 
                                150                 :                : /*
                                151                 :                :  * map from lock method id to the lock table data structures
                                152                 :                :  */
                                153                 :                : static const LockMethod LockMethods[] = {
                                154                 :                :     NULL,
                                155                 :                :     &default_lockmethod,
                                156                 :                :     &user_lockmethod
                                157                 :                : };
                                158                 :                : 
                                159                 :                : 
                                160                 :                : /* Record that's written to 2PC state file when a lock is persisted */
                                161                 :                : typedef struct TwoPhaseLockRecord
                                162                 :                : {
                                163                 :                :     LOCKTAG     locktag;
                                164                 :                :     LOCKMODE    lockmode;
                                165                 :                : } TwoPhaseLockRecord;
                                166                 :                : 
                                167                 :                : 
                                168                 :                : /*
                                169                 :                :  * Count of the number of fast path lock slots we believe to be used.  This
                                170                 :                :  * might be higher than the real number if another backend has transferred
                                171                 :                :  * our locks to the primary lock table, but it can never be lower than the
                                172                 :                :  * real value, since only we can acquire locks on our own behalf.
                                173                 :                :  *
                                174                 :                :  * XXX Allocate a static array of the maximum size. We could use a pointer
                                175                 :                :  * and then allocate just the right size to save a couple kB, but then we
                                176                 :                :  * would have to initialize that, while for the static array that happens
                                177                 :                :  * automatically. Doesn't seem worth the extra complexity.
                                178                 :                :  */
                                179                 :                : static int  FastPathLocalUseCounts[FP_LOCK_GROUPS_PER_BACKEND_MAX];
                                180                 :                : 
                                181                 :                : /*
                                182                 :                :  * Flag to indicate if the relation extension lock is held by this backend.
                                183                 :                :  * This flag is used to ensure that while holding the relation extension lock
                                184                 :                :  * we don't try to acquire a heavyweight lock on any other object.  This
                                185                 :                :  * restriction implies that the relation extension lock won't ever participate
                                186                 :                :  * in the deadlock cycle because we can never wait for any other heavyweight
                                187                 :                :  * lock after acquiring this lock.
                                188                 :                :  *
                                189                 :                :  * Such a restriction is okay for relation extension locks as unlike other
                                190                 :                :  * heavyweight locks these are not held till the transaction end.  These are
                                191                 :                :  * taken for a short duration to extend a particular relation and then
                                192                 :                :  * released.
                                193                 :                :  */
                                194                 :                : static bool IsRelationExtensionLockHeld PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY = false;
                                195                 :                : 
                                196                 :                : /*
                                197                 :                :  * Number of fast-path locks per backend - size of the arrays in PGPROC.
                                198                 :                :  * This is set only once during start, before initializing shared memory,
                                199                 :                :  * and remains constant after that.
                                200                 :                :  *
                                201                 :                :  * We set the limit based on max_locks_per_transaction GUC, because that's
                                202                 :                :  * the best information about expected number of locks per backend we have.
                                203                 :                :  * See InitializeFastPathLocks() for details.
                                204                 :                :  */
                                205                 :                : int         FastPathLockGroupsPerBackend = 0;
                                206                 :                : 
                                207                 :                : /*
                                208                 :                :  * Macros to calculate the fast-path group and index for a relation.
                                209                 :                :  *
                                210                 :                :  * The formula is a simple hash function, designed to spread the OIDs a bit,
                                211                 :                :  * so that even contiguous values end up in different groups. In most cases
                                212                 :                :  * there will be gaps anyway, but the multiplication should help a bit.
                                213                 :                :  *
                                214                 :                :  * The selected constant (49157) is a prime not too close to 2^k, and it's
                                215                 :                :  * small enough to not cause overflows (in 64-bit).
                                216                 :                :  *
                                217                 :                :  * We can assume that FastPathLockGroupsPerBackend is a power-of-two per
                                218                 :                :  * InitializeFastPathLocks().
                                219                 :                :  */
                                220                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(rel) \
                                221                 :                :     (((uint64) (rel) * 49157) & (FastPathLockGroupsPerBackend - 1))
                                222                 :                : 
                                223                 :                : /*
                                224                 :                :  * Given the group/slot indexes, calculate the slot index in the whole array
                                225                 :                :  * of fast-path lock slots.
                                226                 :                :  */
                                227                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, index) \
                                228                 :                :     (AssertMacro((uint32) (group) < FastPathLockGroupsPerBackend), \
                                229                 :                :      AssertMacro((uint32) (index) < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP), \
                                230                 :                :      ((group) * FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP + (index)))
                                231                 :                : 
                                232                 :                : /*
                                233                 :                :  * Given a slot index (into the whole per-backend array), calculated using
                                234                 :                :  * the FAST_PATH_SLOT macro, split it into group and index (in the group).
                                235                 :                :  */
                                236                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_GROUP(index)  \
                                237                 :                :     (AssertMacro((uint32) (index) < FastPathLockSlotsPerBackend()), \
                                238                 :                :      ((index) / FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP))
                                239                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_INDEX(index)  \
                                240                 :                :     (AssertMacro((uint32) (index) < FastPathLockSlotsPerBackend()), \
                                241                 :                :      ((index) % FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP))
                                242                 :                : 
                                243                 :                : /* Macros for manipulating proc->fpLockBits */
                                244                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT         3
                                245                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET     1
                                246                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_MASK                  ((1 << FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT) - 1)
                                247                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_BITS(proc, n)         (proc)->fpLockBits[FAST_PATH_GROUP(n)]
                                248                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(proc, n) \
                                249                 :                :     ((FAST_PATH_BITS(proc, n) >> (FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT * FAST_PATH_INDEX(n))) & FAST_PATH_MASK)
                                250                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_BIT_POSITION(n, l) \
                                251                 :                :     (AssertMacro((l) >= FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET), \
                                252                 :                :      AssertMacro((l) < FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT+FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET), \
                                253                 :                :      AssertMacro((n) < FastPathLockSlotsPerBackend()), \
                                254                 :                :      ((l) - FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET + FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT * (FAST_PATH_INDEX(n))))
                                255                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_SET_LOCKMODE(proc, n, l) \
                                256                 :                :      FAST_PATH_BITS(proc, n) |= UINT64CONST(1) << FAST_PATH_BIT_POSITION(n, l)
                                257                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_CLEAR_LOCKMODE(proc, n, l) \
                                258                 :                :      FAST_PATH_BITS(proc, n) &= ~(UINT64CONST(1) << FAST_PATH_BIT_POSITION(n, l))
                                259                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_CHECK_LOCKMODE(proc, n, l) \
                                260                 :                :      (FAST_PATH_BITS(proc, n) & (UINT64CONST(1) << FAST_PATH_BIT_POSITION(n, l)))
                                261                 :                : 
                                262                 :                : /*
                                263                 :                :  * The fast-path lock mechanism is concerned only with relation locks on
                                264                 :                :  * unshared relations by backends bound to a database.  The fast-path
                                265                 :                :  * mechanism exists mostly to accelerate acquisition and release of locks
                                266                 :                :  * that rarely conflict.  Because ShareUpdateExclusiveLock is
                                267                 :                :  * self-conflicting, it can't use the fast-path mechanism; but it also does
                                268                 :                :  * not conflict with any of the locks that do, so we can ignore it completely.
                                269                 :                :  */
                                270                 :                : #define EligibleForRelationFastPath(locktag, mode) \
                                271                 :                :     ((locktag)->locktag_lockmethodid == DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD && \
                                272                 :                :     (locktag)->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION && \
                                273                 :                :     (locktag)->locktag_field1 == MyDatabaseId && \
                                274                 :                :     MyDatabaseId != InvalidOid && \
                                275                 :                :     (mode) < ShareUpdateExclusiveLock)
                                276                 :                : #define ConflictsWithRelationFastPath(locktag, mode) \
                                277                 :                :     ((locktag)->locktag_lockmethodid == DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD && \
                                278                 :                :     (locktag)->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION && \
                                279                 :                :     (locktag)->locktag_field1 != InvalidOid && \
                                280                 :                :     (mode) > ShareUpdateExclusiveLock)
                                281                 :                : 
                                282                 :                : static bool FastPathGrantRelationLock(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode);
                                283                 :                : static bool FastPathUnGrantRelationLock(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode);
                                284                 :                : static bool FastPathTransferRelationLocks(LockMethod lockMethodTable,
                                285                 :                :                                           const LOCKTAG *locktag, uint32 hashcode);
                                286                 :                : static PROCLOCK *FastPathGetRelationLockEntry(LOCALLOCK *locallock);
                                287                 :                : 
                                288                 :                : /*
                                289                 :                :  * To make the fast-path lock mechanism work, we must have some way of
                                290                 :                :  * preventing the use of the fast-path when a conflicting lock might be present.
                                291                 :                :  * We partition* the locktag space into FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_PARTITIONS,
                                292                 :                :  * and maintain an integer count of the number of "strong" lockers
                                293                 :                :  * in each partition.  When any "strong" lockers are present (which is
                                294                 :                :  * hopefully not very often), the fast-path mechanism can't be used, and we
                                295                 :                :  * must fall back to the slower method of pushing matching locks directly
                                296                 :                :  * into the main lock tables.
                                297                 :                :  *
                                298                 :                :  * The deadlock detector does not know anything about the fast path mechanism,
                                299                 :                :  * so any locks that might be involved in a deadlock must be transferred from
                                300                 :                :  * the fast-path queues to the main lock table.
                                301                 :                :  */
                                302                 :                : 
                                303                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_BITS         10
                                304                 :                : #define FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_PARTITIONS \
                                305                 :                :     (1 << FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_BITS)
                                306                 :                : #define FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(hashcode) \
                                307                 :                :     ((hashcode) % FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_PARTITIONS)
                                308                 :                : 
                                309                 :                : static pg_atomic_uint32 *FastPathStrongRelationLocks;
                                310                 :                : 
                                311                 :                : static void LockManagerShmemRequest(void *arg);
                                312                 :                : static void LockManagerShmemInit(void *arg);
                                313                 :                : 
                                314                 :                : const ShmemCallbacks LockManagerShmemCallbacks = {
                                315                 :                :     .request_fn = LockManagerShmemRequest,
                                316                 :                :     .init_fn = LockManagerShmemInit,
                                317                 :                : };
                                318                 :                : 
                                319                 :                : 
                                320                 :                : /*
                                321                 :                :  * Pointers to hash tables containing lock state
                                322                 :                :  *
                                323                 :                :  * The LockMethodLockHash and LockMethodProcLockHash hash tables are in
                                324                 :                :  * shared memory; LockMethodLocalHash is local to each backend.
                                325                 :                :  */
                                326                 :                : static HTAB *LockMethodLockHash;
                                327                 :                : static HTAB *LockMethodProcLockHash;
                                328                 :                : static HTAB *LockMethodLocalHash;
                                329                 :                : 
                                330                 :                : 
                                331                 :                : /* private state for error cleanup */
                                332                 :                : static LOCALLOCK *StrongLockInProgress;
                                333                 :                : static LOCALLOCK *awaitedLock;
                                334                 :                : static ResourceOwner awaitedOwner;
                                335                 :                : 
                                336                 :                : 
                                337                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                                338                 :                : 
                                339                 :                : /*------
                                340                 :                :  * The following configuration options are available for lock debugging:
                                341                 :                :  *
                                342                 :                :  *     TRACE_LOCKS      -- give a bunch of output what's going on in this file
                                343                 :                :  *     TRACE_USERLOCKS  -- same but for user locks
                                344                 :                :  *     TRACE_LOCK_OIDMIN-- do not trace locks for tables below this oid
                                345                 :                :  *                         (use to avoid output on system tables)
                                346                 :                :  *     TRACE_LOCK_TABLE -- trace locks on this table (oid) unconditionally
                                347                 :                :  *     DEBUG_DEADLOCKS  -- currently dumps locks at untimely occasions ;)
                                348                 :                :  *
                                349                 :                :  * Furthermore, but in storage/lmgr/lwlock.c:
                                350                 :                :  *     TRACE_LWLOCKS    -- trace lightweight locks (pretty useless)
                                351                 :                :  *
                                352                 :                :  * Define LOCK_DEBUG at compile time to get all these enabled.
                                353                 :                :  * --------
                                354                 :                :  */
                                355                 :                : 
                                356                 :                : int         Trace_lock_oidmin = FirstNormalObjectId;
                                357                 :                : bool        Trace_locks = false;
                                358                 :                : bool        Trace_userlocks = false;
                                359                 :                : int         Trace_lock_table = 0;
                                360                 :                : bool        Debug_deadlocks = false;
                                361                 :                : 
                                362                 :                : 
                                363                 :                : inline static bool
                                364                 :                : LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(const LOCKTAG *tag)
                                365                 :                : {
                                366                 :                :     return
                                367                 :                :         (*(LockMethods[tag->locktag_lockmethodid]->trace_flag) &&
                                368                 :                :          ((Oid) tag->locktag_field2 >= (Oid) Trace_lock_oidmin))
                                369                 :                :         || (Trace_lock_table &&
                                370                 :                :             (tag->locktag_field2 == Trace_lock_table));
                                371                 :                : }
                                372                 :                : 
                                373                 :                : 
                                374                 :                : inline static void
                                375                 :                : LOCK_PRINT(const char *where, const LOCK *lock, LOCKMODE type)
                                376                 :                : {
                                377                 :                :     if (LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(&lock->tag))
                                378                 :                :         elog(LOG,
                                379                 :                :              "%s: lock(%p) id(%u,%u,%u,%u,%u,%u) grantMask(%x) "
                                380                 :                :              "req(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)=%d "
                                381                 :                :              "grant(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)=%d wait(%d) type(%s)",
                                382                 :                :              where, lock,
                                383                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field1, lock->tag.locktag_field2,
                                384                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field3, lock->tag.locktag_field4,
                                385                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_type, lock->tag.locktag_lockmethodid,
                                386                 :                :              lock->grantMask,
                                387                 :                :              lock->requested[1], lock->requested[2], lock->requested[3],
                                388                 :                :              lock->requested[4], lock->requested[5], lock->requested[6],
                                389                 :                :              lock->requested[7], lock->nRequested,
                                390                 :                :              lock->granted[1], lock->granted[2], lock->granted[3],
                                391                 :                :              lock->granted[4], lock->granted[5], lock->granted[6],
                                392                 :                :              lock->granted[7], lock->nGranted,
                                393                 :                :              dclist_count(&lock->waitProcs),
                                394                 :                :              LockMethods[LOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*lock)]->lockModeNames[type]);
                                395                 :                : }
                                396                 :                : 
                                397                 :                : 
                                398                 :                : inline static void
                                399                 :                : PROCLOCK_PRINT(const char *where, const PROCLOCK *proclockP)
                                400                 :                : {
                                401                 :                :     if (LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(&proclockP->tag.myLock->tag))
                                402                 :                :         elog(LOG,
                                403                 :                :              "%s: proclock(%p) lock(%p) method(%u) proc(%p) hold(%x)",
                                404                 :                :              where, proclockP, proclockP->tag.myLock,
                                405                 :                :              PROCLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*(proclockP)),
                                406                 :                :              proclockP->tag.myProc, (int) proclockP->holdMask);
                                407                 :                : }
                                408                 :                : #else                           /* not LOCK_DEBUG */
                                409                 :                : 
                                410                 :                : #define LOCK_PRINT(where, lock, type)  ((void) 0)
                                411                 :                : #define PROCLOCK_PRINT(where, proclockP)  ((void) 0)
                                412                 :                : #endif                          /* not LOCK_DEBUG */
                                413                 :                : 
                                414                 :                : 
                                415                 :                : static uint32 proclock_hash(const void *key, Size keysize);
                                416                 :                : static void RemoveLocalLock(LOCALLOCK *locallock);
                                417                 :                : static PROCLOCK *SetupLockInTable(LockMethod lockMethodTable, PGPROC *proc,
                                418                 :                :                                   const LOCKTAG *locktag, uint32 hashcode, LOCKMODE lockmode);
                                419                 :                : static void GrantLockLocal(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner owner);
                                420                 :                : static void BeginStrongLockAcquire(LOCALLOCK *locallock, uint32 fasthashcode);
                                421                 :                : static void FinishStrongLockAcquire(void);
                                422                 :                : static ProcWaitStatus WaitOnLock(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner owner);
                                423                 :                : static void waitonlock_error_callback(void *arg);
                                424                 :                : static void ReleaseLockIfHeld(LOCALLOCK *locallock, bool sessionLock);
                                425                 :                : static void LockReassignOwner(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner parent);
                                426                 :                : static bool UnGrantLock(LOCK *lock, LOCKMODE lockmode,
                                427                 :                :                         PROCLOCK *proclock, LockMethod lockMethodTable);
                                428                 :                : static void CleanUpLock(LOCK *lock, PROCLOCK *proclock,
                                429                 :                :                         LockMethod lockMethodTable, uint32 hashcode,
                                430                 :                :                         bool wakeupNeeded);
                                431                 :                : static void LockRefindAndRelease(LockMethod lockMethodTable, PGPROC *proc,
                                432                 :                :                                  LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode,
                                433                 :                :                                  bool decrement_strong_lock_count);
                                434                 :                : static void GetSingleProcBlockerStatusData(PGPROC *blocked_proc,
                                435                 :                :                                            BlockedProcsData *data);
                                436                 :                : 
                                437                 :                : 
                                438                 :                : /*
                                439                 :                :  * Register the lock manager's shmem data structures.
                                440                 :                :  *
                                441                 :                :  * In addition to this, each backend must also call InitLockManagerAccess() to
                                442                 :                :  * create the locallock hash table.
                                443                 :                :  */
                                444                 :                : static void
  167 heikki.linnakangas@i      445                 :CBC        1277 : LockManagerShmemRequest(void *arg)
                                446                 :                : {
                                447                 :                :     int64       max_table_size;
                                448                 :                : 
                                449                 :                :     /*
                                450                 :                :      * Compute sizes for lock hashtables.
                                451                 :                :      */
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         452                 :           1277 :     max_table_size = NLOCKENTS();
                                453                 :                : 
                                454                 :                :     /*
                                455                 :                :      * Hash table for LOCK structs.  This stores per-locked-object
                                456                 :                :      * information.
                                457                 :                :      */
  167 heikki.linnakangas@i      458                 :           1277 :     ShmemRequestHash(.name = "LOCK hash",
                                459                 :                :                      .nelems = max_table_size,
                                460                 :                :                      .ptr = &LockMethodLockHash,
                                461                 :                :                      .hash_info.keysize = sizeof(LOCKTAG),
                                462                 :                :                      .hash_info.entrysize = sizeof(LOCK),
                                463                 :                :                      .hash_info.num_partitions = NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS,
                                464                 :                :                      .hash_flags = HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_PARTITION,
                                465                 :                :         );
                                466                 :                : 
                                467                 :                :     /* Assume an average of 2 holders per lock */
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         468                 :           1277 :     max_table_size *= 2;
                                469                 :                : 
  167 heikki.linnakangas@i      470                 :           1277 :     ShmemRequestHash(.name = "PROCLOCK hash",
                                471                 :                :                      .nelems = max_table_size,
                                472                 :                :                      .ptr = &LockMethodProcLockHash,
                                473                 :                :                      .hash_info.keysize = sizeof(PROCLOCKTAG),
                                474                 :                :                      .hash_info.entrysize = sizeof(PROCLOCK),
                                475                 :                :                      .hash_info.hash = proclock_hash,
                                476                 :                :                      .hash_info.num_partitions = NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS,
                                477                 :                :                      .hash_flags = HASH_ELEM | HASH_FUNCTION | HASH_PARTITION,
                                478                 :                :         );
                                479                 :                : 
                                480                 :           1277 :     ShmemRequestStruct(.name = "Fast Path Strong Relation Lock Data",
                                481                 :                :                        .size = mul_size(sizeof(pg_atomic_uint32),
                                482                 :                :                                         FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_PARTITIONS),
                                483                 :                :                        .ptr = (void **) (void *) &FastPathStrongRelationLocks,
                                484                 :                :         );
                                485                 :           1277 : }
                                486                 :                : 
                                487                 :                : static void
                                488                 :           1274 : LockManagerShmemInit(void *arg)
                                489                 :                : {
   16 nathan@postgresql.or      490         [ +  + ]:GNC     1305850 :     for (int i = 0; i < FAST_PATH_STRONG_LOCK_HASH_PARTITIONS; i++)
                                491                 :        1304576 :         pg_atomic_init_u32(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks[i], 0);
  752 heikki.linnakangas@i      492                 :CBC        1274 : }
                                493                 :                : 
                                494                 :                : /*
                                495                 :                :  * Initialize the lock manager's backend-private data structures.
                                496                 :                :  */
                                497                 :                : void
                                498                 :          23707 : InitLockManagerAccess(void)
                                499                 :                : {
                                500                 :                :     /*
                                501                 :                :      * Allocate non-shared hash table for LOCALLOCK structs.  This stores lock
                                502                 :                :      * counts and resource owner information.
                                503                 :                :      */
                                504                 :                :     HASHCTL     info;
                                505                 :                : 
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         506                 :          23707 :     info.keysize = sizeof(LOCALLOCKTAG);
                                507                 :          23707 :     info.entrysize = sizeof(LOCALLOCK);
                                508                 :                : 
 7590                           509                 :          23707 :     LockMethodLocalHash = hash_create("LOCALLOCK hash",
                                510                 :                :                                       16,
                                511                 :                :                                       &info,
                                512                 :                :                                       HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS);
11030 scrappy@hub.org           513                 :          23707 : }
                                514                 :                : 
                                515                 :                : 
                                516                 :                : /*
                                517                 :                :  * Fetch the lock method table associated with a given lock
                                518                 :                :  */
                                519                 :                : LockMethod
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         520                 :            137 : GetLocksMethodTable(const LOCK *lock)
                                521                 :                : {
                                522                 :            137 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = LOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*lock);
                                523                 :                : 
                                524   [ +  -  -  + ]:            137 :     Assert(0 < lockmethodid && lockmethodid < lengthof(LockMethods));
                                525                 :            137 :     return LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                                526                 :                : }
                                527                 :                : 
                                528                 :                : /*
                                529                 :                :  * Fetch the lock method table associated with a given locktag
                                530                 :                :  */
                                531                 :                : LockMethod
 3863                           532                 :           1236 : GetLockTagsMethodTable(const LOCKTAG *locktag)
                                533                 :                : {
                                534                 :           1236 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = (LOCKMETHODID) locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                                535                 :                : 
                                536   [ +  -  -  + ]:           1236 :     Assert(0 < lockmethodid && lockmethodid < lengthof(LockMethods));
                                537                 :           1236 :     return LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                                538                 :                : }
                                539                 :                : 
                                540                 :                : 
                                541                 :                : /*
                                542                 :                :  * Compute the hash code associated with a LOCKTAG.
                                543                 :                :  *
                                544                 :                :  * To avoid unnecessary recomputations of the hash code, we try to do this
                                545                 :                :  * just once per function, and then pass it around as needed.  Aside from
                                546                 :                :  * passing the hashcode to hash_search_with_hash_value(), we can extract
                                547                 :                :  * the lock partition number from the hashcode.
                                548                 :                :  */
                                549                 :                : uint32
 7364                           550                 :       22418139 : LockTagHashCode(const LOCKTAG *locktag)
                                551                 :                : {
  653 peter@eisentraut.org      552                 :       22418139 :     return get_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash, locktag);
                                553                 :                : }
                                554                 :                : 
                                555                 :                : /*
                                556                 :                :  * Compute the hash code associated with a PROCLOCKTAG.
                                557                 :                :  *
                                558                 :                :  * Because we want to use just one set of partition locks for both the
                                559                 :                :  * LOCK and PROCLOCK hash tables, we have to make sure that PROCLOCKs
                                560                 :                :  * fall into the same partition number as their associated LOCKs.
                                561                 :                :  * dynahash.c expects the partition number to be the low-order bits of
                                562                 :                :  * the hash code, and therefore a PROCLOCKTAG's hash code must have the
                                563                 :                :  * same low-order bits as the associated LOCKTAG's hash code.  We achieve
                                564                 :                :  * this with this specialized hash function.
                                565                 :                :  */
                                566                 :                : static uint32
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         567                 :            787 : proclock_hash(const void *key, Size keysize)
                                568                 :                : {
                                569                 :            787 :     const PROCLOCKTAG *proclocktag = (const PROCLOCKTAG *) key;
                                570                 :                :     uint32      lockhash;
                                571                 :                :     Datum       procptr;
                                572                 :                : 
                                573         [ -  + ]:            787 :     Assert(keysize == sizeof(PROCLOCKTAG));
                                574                 :                : 
                                575                 :                :     /* Look into the associated LOCK object, and compute its hash code */
                                576                 :            787 :     lockhash = LockTagHashCode(&proclocktag->myLock->tag);
                                577                 :                : 
                                578                 :                :     /*
                                579                 :                :      * To make the hash code also depend on the PGPROC, we xor the proc
                                580                 :                :      * struct's address into the hash code, left-shifted so that the
                                581                 :                :      * partition-number bits don't change.  Since this is only a hash, we
                                582                 :                :      * don't care if we lose high-order bits of the address; use an
                                583                 :                :      * intermediate variable to suppress cast-pointer-to-int warnings.
                                584                 :                :      */
                                585                 :            787 :     procptr = PointerGetDatum(proclocktag->myProc);
  408 peter@eisentraut.org      586                 :            787 :     lockhash ^= DatumGetUInt32(procptr) << LOG2_NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS;
                                587                 :                : 
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         588                 :            787 :     return lockhash;
                                589                 :                : }
                                590                 :                : 
                                591                 :                : /*
                                592                 :                :  * Compute the hash code associated with a PROCLOCKTAG, given the hashcode
                                593                 :                :  * for its underlying LOCK.
                                594                 :                :  *
                                595                 :                :  * We use this just to avoid redundant calls of LockTagHashCode().
                                596                 :                :  */
                                597                 :                : static inline uint32
                                598                 :        5041342 : ProcLockHashCode(const PROCLOCKTAG *proclocktag, uint32 hashcode)
                                599                 :                : {
 7291 bruce@momjian.us          600                 :        5041342 :     uint32      lockhash = hashcode;
                                601                 :                :     Datum       procptr;
                                602                 :                : 
                                603                 :                :     /*
                                604                 :                :      * This must match proclock_hash()!
                                605                 :                :      */
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         606                 :        5041342 :     procptr = PointerGetDatum(proclocktag->myProc);
  408 peter@eisentraut.org      607                 :        5041342 :     lockhash ^= DatumGetUInt32(procptr) << LOG2_NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS;
                                608                 :                : 
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         609                 :        5041342 :     return lockhash;
                                610                 :                : }
                                611                 :                : 
                                612                 :                : /*
                                613                 :                :  * Given two lock modes, return whether they would conflict.
                                614                 :                :  */
                                615                 :                : bool
 4988 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.      616                 :         239481 : DoLockModesConflict(LOCKMODE mode1, LOCKMODE mode2)
                                617                 :                : {
                                618                 :         239481 :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable = LockMethods[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD];
                                619                 :                : 
                                620         [ +  + ]:         239481 :     if (lockMethodTable->conflictTab[mode1] & LOCKBIT_ON(mode2))
                                621                 :         200602 :         return true;
                                622                 :                : 
                                623                 :          38879 :     return false;
                                624                 :                : }
                                625                 :                : 
                                626                 :                : /*
                                627                 :                :  * LockHeldByMe -- test whether lock 'locktag' is held by the current
                                628                 :                :  *      transaction
                                629                 :                :  *
                                630                 :                :  * Returns true if current transaction holds a lock on 'tag' of mode
                                631                 :                :  * 'lockmode'.  If 'orstronger' is true, a stronger lockmode is also OK.
                                632                 :                :  * ("Stronger" is defined as "numerically higher", which is a bit
                                633                 :                :  * semantically dubious but is OK for the purposes we use this for.)
                                634                 :                :  */
                                635                 :                : bool
  815 noah@leadboat.com         636                 :        8248614 : LockHeldByMe(const LOCKTAG *locktag,
                                637                 :                :              LOCKMODE lockmode, bool orstronger)
                                638                 :                : {
                                639                 :                :     LOCALLOCKTAG localtag;
                                640                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                                641                 :                : 
                                642                 :                :     /*
                                643                 :                :      * See if there is a LOCALLOCK entry for this lock and lockmode
                                644                 :                :      */
 2911 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         645   [ +  -  -  +  :        8248614 :     MemSet(&localtag, 0, sizeof(localtag)); /* must clear padding */
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
                                646                 :        8248614 :     localtag.lock = *locktag;
                                647                 :        8248614 :     localtag.mode = lockmode;
                                648                 :                : 
                                649                 :        8248614 :     locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_search(LockMethodLocalHash,
                                650                 :                :                                           &localtag,
                                651                 :                :                                           HASH_FIND, NULL);
                                652                 :                : 
  815 noah@leadboat.com         653   [ +  +  +  - ]:        8248614 :     if (locallock && locallock->nLocks > 0)
                                654                 :        3548199 :         return true;
                                655                 :                : 
                                656         [ +  + ]:        4700415 :     if (orstronger)
                                657                 :                :     {
                                658                 :                :         LOCKMODE    slockmode;
                                659                 :                : 
                                660                 :        1271043 :         for (slockmode = lockmode + 1;
                                661         [ +  + ]:        4601399 :              slockmode <= MaxLockMode;
                                662                 :        3330356 :              slockmode++)
                                663                 :                :         {
                                664         [ +  + ]:        4507160 :             if (LockHeldByMe(locktag, slockmode, false))
                                665                 :        1176804 :                 return true;
                                666                 :                :         }
                                667                 :                :     }
                                668                 :                : 
                                669                 :        3523611 :     return false;
                                670                 :                : }
                                671                 :                : 
                                672                 :                : /*
                                673                 :                :  * GetAnyGrantedHeavyweightLock -- find some heavyweight lock this backend owns
                                674                 :                :  *
                                675                 :                :  * Returns true and stores the tag of an arbitrary granted lock in *locktag if
                                676                 :                :  * the local lock table represents any lock we own, false otherwise.  Which
                                677                 :                :  * lock is reported is unspecified when we hold several; callers use it only to
                                678                 :                :  * give the user a starting point.
                                679                 :                :  *
                                680                 :                :  * A LOCALLOCK entry can remain after an unsuccessful lock acquisition, so only
                                681                 :                :  * entries with a positive local hold count represent locks we own.
                                682                 :                :  */
                                683                 :                : bool
    8 akorotkov@postgresql      684                 :             48 : GetAnyGrantedHeavyweightLock(LOCKTAG *locktag)
                                685                 :                : {
                                686                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                                687                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                                688                 :                : 
                                689                 :             48 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                                690                 :                : 
                                691         [ +  + ]:             48 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                                692                 :                :     {
                                693         [ +  - ]:              2 :         if (locallock->nLocks > 0)
                                694                 :                :         {
                                695                 :              2 :             *locktag = locallock->tag.lock;
                                696                 :              2 :             hash_seq_term(&status);
                                697                 :              2 :             return true;
                                698                 :                :         }
                                699                 :                :     }
                                700                 :                : 
                                701                 :             46 :     return false;
                                702                 :                : }
                                703                 :                : 
                                704                 :                : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
                                705                 :                : /*
                                706                 :                :  * GetLockMethodLocalHash -- return the hash of local locks, for modules that
                                707                 :                :  *      evaluate assertions based on all locks held.
                                708                 :                :  */
                                709                 :                : HTAB *
 2360 noah@leadboat.com         710                 :           1922 : GetLockMethodLocalHash(void)
                                711                 :                : {
                                712                 :           1922 :     return LockMethodLocalHash;
                                713                 :                : }
                                714                 :                : #endif
                                715                 :                : 
                                716                 :                : /*
                                717                 :                :  * LockHasWaiters -- look up 'locktag' and check if releasing this
                                718                 :                :  *      lock would wake up other processes waiting for it.
                                719                 :                :  */
                                720                 :                : bool
 5031 kgrittn@postgresql.o      721                 :UBC           0 : LockHasWaiters(const LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool sessionLock)
                                722                 :                : {
                                723                 :              0 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                                724                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                                725                 :                :     LOCALLOCKTAG localtag;
                                726                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                                727                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                                728                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                                729                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                                730                 :              0 :     bool        hasWaiters = false;
                                731                 :                : 
                                732   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
                                733         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
                                734                 :              0 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                                735   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     if (lockmode <= 0 || lockmode > lockMethodTable->numLockModes)
                                736         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock mode: %d", lockmode);
                                737                 :                : 
                                738                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                                739                 :                :     if (LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(locktag))
                                740                 :                :         elog(LOG, "LockHasWaiters: lock [%u,%u] %s",
                                741                 :                :              locktag->locktag_field1, locktag->locktag_field2,
                                742                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                                743                 :                : #endif
                                744                 :                : 
                                745                 :                :     /*
                                746                 :                :      * Find the LOCALLOCK entry for this lock and lockmode
                                747                 :                :      */
 3378 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         748   [ #  #  #  #  :              0 :     MemSet(&localtag, 0, sizeof(localtag)); /* must clear padding */
                                     #  #  #  #  #  
                                                 # ]
 5031 kgrittn@postgresql.o      749                 :              0 :     localtag.lock = *locktag;
                                750                 :              0 :     localtag.mode = lockmode;
                                751                 :                : 
                                752                 :              0 :     locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_search(LockMethodLocalHash,
                                753                 :                :                                           &localtag,
                                754                 :                :                                           HASH_FIND, NULL);
                                755                 :                : 
                                756                 :                :     /*
                                757                 :                :      * let the caller print its own error message, too. Do not ereport(ERROR).
                                758                 :                :      */
                                759   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     if (!locallock || locallock->nLocks <= 0)
                                760                 :                :     {
                                761         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                                762                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                                763                 :              0 :         return false;
                                764                 :                :     }
                                765                 :                : 
                                766                 :                :     /*
                                767                 :                :      * Check the shared lock table.
                                768                 :                :      */
                                769                 :              0 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(locallock->hashcode);
                                770                 :                : 
                                771                 :              0 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_SHARED);
                                772                 :                : 
                                773                 :                :     /*
                                774                 :                :      * We don't need to re-find the lock or proclock, since we kept their
                                775                 :                :      * addresses in the locallock table, and they couldn't have been removed
                                776                 :                :      * while we were holding a lock on them.
                                777                 :                :      */
                                778                 :              0 :     lock = locallock->lock;
                                779                 :                :     LOCK_PRINT("LockHasWaiters: found", lock, lockmode);
                                780                 :              0 :     proclock = locallock->proclock;
                                781                 :                :     PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockHasWaiters: found", proclock);
                                782                 :                : 
                                783                 :                :     /*
                                784                 :                :      * Double-check that we are actually holding a lock of the type we want to
                                785                 :                :      * release.
                                786                 :                :      */
                                787         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (!(proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode)))
                                788                 :                :     {
                                789                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockHasWaiters: WRONGTYPE", proclock);
                                790                 :              0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                                791         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                                792                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                                793                 :              0 :         RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                                794                 :              0 :         return false;
                                795                 :                :     }
                                796                 :                : 
                                797                 :                :     /*
                                798                 :                :      * Do the checking.
                                799                 :                :      */
                                800         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if ((lockMethodTable->conflictTab[lockmode] & lock->waitMask) != 0)
                                801                 :              0 :         hasWaiters = true;
                                802                 :                : 
                                803                 :              0 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                                804                 :                : 
                                805                 :              0 :     return hasWaiters;
                                806                 :                : }
                                807                 :                : 
                                808                 :                : /*
                                809                 :                :  * LockAcquire -- Check for lock conflicts, sleep if conflict found,
                                810                 :                :  *      set lock if/when no conflicts.
                                811                 :                :  *
                                812                 :                :  * Inputs:
                                813                 :                :  *  locktag: unique identifier for the lockable object
                                814                 :                :  *  lockmode: lock mode to acquire
                                815                 :                :  *  sessionLock: if true, acquire lock for session not current transaction
                                816                 :                :  *  dontWait: if true, don't wait to acquire lock
                                817                 :                :  *
                                818                 :                :  * Returns one of:
                                819                 :                :  *      LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL       lock not available, and dontWait=true
                                820                 :                :  *      LOCKACQUIRE_OK              lock successfully acquired
                                821                 :                :  *      LOCKACQUIRE_ALREADY_HELD    incremented count for lock already held
                                822                 :                :  *      LOCKACQUIRE_ALREADY_CLEAR   incremented count for lock already clear
                                823                 :                :  *
                                824                 :                :  * In the normal case where dontWait=false and the caller doesn't need to
                                825                 :                :  * distinguish a freshly acquired lock from one already taken earlier in
                                826                 :                :  * this same transaction, there is no need to examine the return value.
                                827                 :                :  *
                                828                 :                :  * Side Effects: The lock is acquired and recorded in lock tables.
                                829                 :                :  *
                                830                 :                :  * NOTE: if we wait for the lock, there is no way to abort the wait
                                831                 :                :  * short of aborting the transaction.
                                832                 :                :  */
                                833                 :                : LockAcquireResult
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         834                 :CBC      954889 : LockAcquire(const LOCKTAG *locktag,
                                835                 :                :             LOCKMODE lockmode,
                                836                 :                :             bool sessionLock,
                                837                 :                :             bool dontWait)
                                838                 :                : {
 2935                           839                 :         954889 :     return LockAcquireExtended(locktag, lockmode, sessionLock, dontWait,
                                840                 :                :                                true, NULL, false);
                                841                 :                : }
                                842                 :                : 
                                843                 :                : /*
                                844                 :                :  * LockAcquireExtended - allows us to specify additional options
                                845                 :                :  *
                                846                 :                :  * reportMemoryError specifies whether a lock request that fills the lock
                                847                 :                :  * table should generate an ERROR or not.  Passing "false" allows the caller
                                848                 :                :  * to attempt to recover from lock-table-full situations, perhaps by forcibly
                                849                 :                :  * canceling other lock holders and then retrying.  Note, however, that the
                                850                 :                :  * return code for that is LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL, so that it's unsafe to use
                                851                 :                :  * in combination with dontWait = true, as the cause of failure couldn't be
                                852                 :                :  * distinguished.
                                853                 :                :  *
                                854                 :                :  * If locallockp isn't NULL, *locallockp receives a pointer to the LOCALLOCK
                                855                 :                :  * table entry if a lock is successfully acquired, or NULL if not.
                                856                 :                :  *
                                857                 :                :  * logLockFailure indicates whether to log details when a lock acquisition
                                858                 :                :  * fails with dontWait = true.
                                859                 :                :  */
                                860                 :                : LockAcquireResult
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co      861                 :       24174603 : LockAcquireExtended(const LOCKTAG *locktag,
                                862                 :                :                     LOCKMODE lockmode,
                                863                 :                :                     bool sessionLock,
                                864                 :                :                     bool dontWait,
                                865                 :                :                     bool reportMemoryError,
                                866                 :                :                     LOCALLOCK **locallockp,
                                867                 :                :                     bool logLockFailure)
                                868                 :                : {
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         869                 :       24174603 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                                870                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                                871                 :                :     LOCALLOCKTAG localtag;
                                872                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                                873                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                                874                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                                875                 :                :     bool        found;
                                876                 :                :     ResourceOwner owner;
                                877                 :                :     uint32      hashcode;
                                878                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                                879                 :                :     bool        found_conflict;
                                880                 :                :     ProcWaitStatus waitResult;
 5774 simon@2ndQuadrant.co      881                 :       24174603 :     bool        log_lock = false;
                                882                 :                : 
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         883   [ +  -  -  + ]:       24174603 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         884         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         885                 :CBC    24174603 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                                886   [ +  -  -  + ]:       24174603 :     if (lockmode <= 0 || lockmode > lockMethodTable->numLockModes)
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         887         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock mode: %d", lockmode);
                                888                 :                : 
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co      889   [ +  +  +  + ]:CBC    24174603 :     if (RecoveryInProgress() && !InRecovery &&
                                890         [ +  + ]:         388518 :         (locktag->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_OBJECT ||
 6050 bruce@momjian.us          891   [ +  +  -  + ]:         388518 :          locktag->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION) &&
                                892                 :                :         lockmode > RowExclusiveLock)
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co      893         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                894                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                                895                 :                :                  errmsg("cannot acquire lock mode %s on database objects while recovery is in progress",
                                896                 :                :                         lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]),
                                897                 :                :                  errhint("Only RowExclusiveLock or less can be acquired on database objects during recovery.")));
                                898                 :                : 
                                899                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                                900                 :                :     if (LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(locktag))
                                901                 :                :         elog(LOG, "LockAcquire: lock [%u,%u] %s",
                                902                 :                :              locktag->locktag_field1, locktag->locktag_field2,
                                903                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                                904                 :                : #endif
                                905                 :                : 
                                906                 :                :     /* Identify owner for lock */
 5252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         907         [ +  + ]:CBC    24174603 :     if (sessionLock)
 8059                           908                 :          45283 :         owner = NULL;
                                909                 :                :     else
 5252                           910                 :       24129320 :         owner = CurrentResourceOwner;
                                911                 :                : 
                                912                 :                :     /*
                                913                 :                :      * Find or create a LOCALLOCK entry for this lock and lockmode
                                914                 :                :      */
 3378                           915   [ +  -  -  +  :       24174603 :     MemSet(&localtag, 0, sizeof(localtag)); /* must clear padding */
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
 8059                           916                 :       24174603 :     localtag.lock = *locktag;
                                917                 :       24174603 :     localtag.mode = lockmode;
                                918                 :                : 
 7590                           919                 :       24174603 :     locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_search(LockMethodLocalHash,
                                920                 :                :                                           &localtag,
                                921                 :                :                                           HASH_ENTER, &found);
                                922                 :                : 
                                923                 :                :     /*
                                924                 :                :      * if it's a new locallock object, initialize it
                                925                 :                :      */
 8059                           926         [ +  + ]:       24174603 :     if (!found)
                                927                 :                :     {
                                928                 :       21633540 :         locallock->lock = NULL;
                                929                 :       21633540 :         locallock->proclock = NULL;
 7364                           930                 :       21633540 :         locallock->hashcode = LockTagHashCode(&(localtag.lock));
 8059                           931                 :       21633540 :         locallock->nLocks = 0;
 2935                           932                 :       21633540 :         locallock->holdsStrongLockCount = false;
                                933                 :       21633540 :         locallock->lockCleared = false;
 8059                           934                 :       21633540 :         locallock->numLockOwners = 0;
                                935                 :       21633540 :         locallock->maxLockOwners = 8;
 4018                           936                 :       21633540 :         locallock->lockOwners = NULL;    /* in case next line fails */
 8059                           937                 :       21633540 :         locallock->lockOwners = (LOCALLOCKOWNER *)
                                938                 :       21633540 :             MemoryContextAlloc(TopMemoryContext,
 3378                           939                 :       21633540 :                                locallock->maxLockOwners * sizeof(LOCALLOCKOWNER));
                                940                 :                :     }
                                941                 :                :     else
                                942                 :                :     {
                                943                 :                :         /* Make sure there will be room to remember the lock */
   39 michael@paquier.xyz       944         [ -  + ]:GNC     2541063 :         if (locallock->lockOwners == NULL)
                                945                 :                :         {
                                946                 :                :             /*
                                947                 :                :              * A prior acquisition may leave the array unallocated after an
                                948                 :                :              * out-of-memory failure.
                                949                 :                :              */
   39 michael@paquier.xyz       950                 :UNC           0 :             locallock->maxLockOwners = 8;
                                951                 :              0 :             locallock->lockOwners = (LOCALLOCKOWNER *)
                                952                 :              0 :                 MemoryContextAlloc(TopMemoryContext,
                                953                 :              0 :                                    locallock->maxLockOwners * sizeof(LOCALLOCKOWNER));
                                954                 :                :         }
   39 michael@paquier.xyz       955         [ +  + ]:GNC     2541063 :         else if (locallock->numLockOwners >= locallock->maxLockOwners)
                                956                 :                :         {
 8057 bruce@momjian.us          957                 :CBC          21 :             int         newsize = locallock->maxLockOwners * 2;
                                958                 :                : 
   34 michael@paquier.xyz       959                 :GNC          21 :             locallock->lockOwners = repalloc_array(locallock->lockOwners,
                                960                 :                :                                                    LOCALLOCKOWNER, newsize);
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         961                 :CBC          21 :             locallock->maxLockOwners = newsize;
                                962                 :                :         }
                                963                 :                :     }
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org      964                 :       24174603 :     hashcode = locallock->hashcode;
                                965                 :                : 
 2935 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         966         [ +  + ]:       24174603 :     if (locallockp)
                                967                 :       23219620 :         *locallockp = locallock;
                                968                 :                : 
                                969                 :                :     /*
                                970                 :                :      * If we already hold the lock, we can just increase the count locally.
                                971                 :                :      *
                                972                 :                :      * If lockCleared is already set, caller need not worry about absorbing
                                973                 :                :      * sinval messages related to the lock's object.
                                974                 :                :      */
 8059                           975         [ +  + ]:       24174603 :     if (locallock->nLocks > 0)
                                976                 :                :     {
                                977                 :        2541063 :         GrantLockLocal(locallock, owner);
 2935                           978         [ +  + ]:        2541063 :         if (locallock->lockCleared)
                                979                 :        2446160 :             return LOCKACQUIRE_ALREADY_CLEAR;
                                980                 :                :         else
                                981                 :          94903 :             return LOCKACQUIRE_ALREADY_HELD;
                                982                 :                :     }
                                983                 :                : 
                                984                 :                :     /*
                                985                 :                :      * We don't acquire any other heavyweight lock while holding the relation
                                986                 :                :      * extension lock.  We do allow to acquire the same relation extension
                                987                 :                :      * lock more than once but that case won't reach here.
                                988                 :                :      */
 2377 akapila@postgresql.o      989         [ -  + ]:       21633540 :     Assert(!IsRelationExtensionLockHeld);
                                990                 :                : 
                                991                 :                :     /*
                                992                 :                :      * Prepare to emit a WAL record if acquisition of this lock needs to be
                                993                 :                :      * replayed in a standby server.
                                994                 :                :      *
                                995                 :                :      * Here we prepare to log; after lock is acquired we'll issue log record.
                                996                 :                :      * This arrangement simplifies error recovery in case the preparation step
                                997                 :                :      * fails.
                                998                 :                :      *
                                999                 :                :      * Only AccessExclusiveLocks can conflict with lock types that read-only
                               1000                 :                :      * transactions can acquire in a standby server. Make sure this definition
                               1001                 :                :      * matches the one in GetRunningTransactionLocks().
                               1002                 :                :      */
 5774 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     1003         [ +  + ]:       21633540 :     if (lockmode >= AccessExclusiveLock &&
                               1004         [ +  + ]:         303458 :         locktag->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION &&
                               1005         [ +  + ]:         199636 :         !RecoveryInProgress() &&
                               1006         [ +  + ]:         173003 :         XLogStandbyInfoActive())
                               1007                 :                :     {
                               1008                 :         165703 :         LogAccessExclusiveLockPrepare();
                               1009                 :         165703 :         log_lock = true;
                               1010                 :                :     }
                               1011                 :                : 
                               1012                 :                :     /*
                               1013                 :                :      * Attempt to take lock via fast path, if eligible.  But if we remember
                               1014                 :                :      * having filled up the fast path array, we don't attempt to make any
                               1015                 :                :      * further use of it until we release some locks.  It's possible that some
                               1016                 :                :      * other backend has transferred some of those locks to the shared hash
                               1017                 :                :      * table, leaving space free, but it's not worth acquiring the LWLock just
                               1018                 :                :      * to check.  It's also possible that we're acquiring a second or third
                               1019                 :                :      * lock type on a relation we have already locked using the fast-path, but
                               1020                 :                :      * for now we don't worry about that case either.
                               1021                 :                :      */
  180 michael@paquier.xyz      1022   [ +  +  +  +  :       21633540 :     if (EligibleForRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode))
                                     +  +  +  +  +  
                                                 + ]
                               1023                 :                :     {
                               1024         [ +  + ]:       19427768 :         if (FastPathLocalUseCounts[FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(locktag->locktag_field2)] <
                               1025                 :                :             FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP)
                               1026                 :                :         {
                               1027                 :       19343296 :             uint32      fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               1028                 :                :             bool        acquired;
                               1029                 :                : 
                               1030                 :                :             /*
                               1031                 :                :              * LWLockAcquire acts as a memory sequencing point, so it's safe
                               1032                 :                :              * to assume that any strong locker whose increment to
                               1033                 :                :              * FastPathStrongRelationLocks becomes visible after we test it
                               1034                 :                :              * has yet to begin to transfer fast-path locks.
                               1035                 :                :              */
                               1036                 :       19343296 :             LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
   16 nathan@postgresql.or     1037         [ +  + ]:GNC    19343296 :             if (pg_atomic_read_u32(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks[fasthashcode]) != 0)
  180 michael@paquier.xyz      1038                 :CBC      377410 :                 acquired = false;
                               1039                 :                :             else
                               1040                 :       18965886 :                 acquired = FastPathGrantRelationLock(locktag->locktag_field2,
                               1041                 :                :                                                      lockmode);
                               1042                 :       19343296 :             LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
                               1043         [ +  + ]:       19343296 :             if (acquired)
                               1044                 :                :             {
                               1045                 :                :                 /*
                               1046                 :                :                  * The locallock might contain stale pointers to some old
                               1047                 :                :                  * shared objects; we MUST reset these to null before
                               1048                 :                :                  * considering the lock to be acquired via fast-path.
                               1049                 :                :                  */
                               1050                 :       18965886 :                 locallock->lock = NULL;
                               1051                 :       18965886 :                 locallock->proclock = NULL;
                               1052                 :       18965886 :                 GrantLockLocal(locallock, owner);
                               1053                 :       18965886 :                 return LOCKACQUIRE_OK;
                               1054                 :                :             }
                               1055                 :                :         }
                               1056                 :                :         else
                               1057                 :                :         {
                               1058                 :                :             /*
                               1059                 :                :              * Increment the lock statistics counter if lock could not be
                               1060                 :                :              * acquired via the fast-path.
                               1061                 :                :              */
                               1062                 :          84472 :             pgstat_count_lock_fastpath_exceeded(locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type);
                               1063                 :                :         }
                               1064                 :                :     }
                               1065                 :                : 
                               1066                 :                :     /*
                               1067                 :                :      * If this lock could potentially have been taken via the fast-path by
                               1068                 :                :      * some other backend, we must (temporarily) disable further use of the
                               1069                 :                :      * fast-path for this lock tag, and migrate any locks already taken via
                               1070                 :                :      * this method to the main lock table.
                               1071                 :                :      */
 5226 rhaas@postgresql.org     1072   [ +  +  +  +  :        2667654 :     if (ConflictsWithRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode))
                                        +  +  +  + ]
                               1073                 :                :     {
 5215 bruce@momjian.us         1074                 :         237668 :         uint32      fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               1075                 :                : 
 5226 rhaas@postgresql.org     1076                 :         237668 :         BeginStrongLockAcquire(locallock, fasthashcode);
                               1077         [ -  + ]:         237668 :         if (!FastPathTransferRelationLocks(lockMethodTable, locktag,
                               1078                 :                :                                            hashcode))
                               1079                 :                :         {
 5226 rhaas@postgresql.org     1080                 :UBC           0 :             AbortStrongLockAcquire();
 2935 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1081         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (locallock->nLocks == 0)
                               1082                 :              0 :                 RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               1083         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (locallockp)
                               1084                 :              0 :                 *locallockp = NULL;
 5226 rhaas@postgresql.org     1085         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (reportMemoryError)
                               1086         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
                               1087                 :                :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               1088                 :                :                          errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               1089                 :                :                          errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               1090                 :                :             else
                               1091                 :              0 :                 return LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL;
                               1092                 :                :         }
                               1093                 :                :     }
                               1094                 :                : 
                               1095                 :                :     /*
                               1096                 :                :      * We didn't find the lock in our LOCALLOCK table, and we didn't manage to
                               1097                 :                :      * take it via the fast-path, either, so we've got to mess with the shared
                               1098                 :                :      * lock table.
                               1099                 :                :      */
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1100                 :CBC     2667654 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
                               1101                 :                : 
 7588                          1102                 :        2667654 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               1103                 :                : 
                               1104                 :                :     /*
                               1105                 :                :      * Find or create lock and proclock entries with this tag
                               1106                 :                :      *
                               1107                 :                :      * Note: if the locallock object already existed, it might have a pointer
                               1108                 :                :      * to the lock already ... but we should not assume that that pointer is
                               1109                 :                :      * valid, since a lock object with zero hold and request counts can go
                               1110                 :                :      * away anytime.  So we have to use SetupLockInTable() to recompute the
                               1111                 :                :      * lock and proclock pointers, even if they're already set.
                               1112                 :                :      */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     1113                 :        2667654 :     proclock = SetupLockInTable(lockMethodTable, MyProc, locktag,
                               1114                 :                :                                 hashcode, lockmode);
                               1115         [ -  + ]:        2667654 :     if (!proclock)
                               1116                 :                :     {
 5268 rhaas@postgresql.org     1117                 :UBC           0 :         AbortStrongLockAcquire();
 5594                          1118                 :              0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 2935 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1119         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (locallock->nLocks == 0)
                               1120                 :              0 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               1121         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (locallockp)
                               1122                 :              0 :             *locallockp = NULL;
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     1123         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (reportMemoryError)
                               1124         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               1125                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               1126                 :                :                      errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               1127                 :                :                      errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               1128                 :                :         else
                               1129                 :              0 :             return LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL;
                               1130                 :                :     }
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     1131                 :CBC     2667654 :     locallock->proclock = proclock;
                               1132                 :        2667654 :     lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               1133                 :        2667654 :     locallock->lock = lock;
                               1134                 :                : 
                               1135                 :                :     /*
                               1136                 :                :      * If lock requested conflicts with locks requested by waiters, must join
                               1137                 :                :      * wait queue.  Otherwise, check for conflict with already-held locks.
                               1138                 :                :      * (That's last because most complex check.)
                               1139                 :                :      */
                               1140         [ +  + ]:        2667654 :     if (lockMethodTable->conflictTab[lockmode] & lock->waitMask)
 2457 peter@eisentraut.org     1141                 :            251 :         found_conflict = true;
                               1142                 :                :     else
                               1143                 :        2667403 :         found_conflict = LockCheckConflicts(lockMethodTable, lockmode,
                               1144                 :                :                                             lock, proclock);
                               1145                 :                : 
                               1146         [ +  + ]:        2667654 :     if (!found_conflict)
                               1147                 :                :     {
                               1148                 :                :         /* No conflict with held or previously requested locks */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     1149                 :        2665375 :         GrantLock(lock, proclock, lockmode);
  685 heikki.linnakangas@i     1150                 :        2665375 :         waitResult = PROC_WAIT_STATUS_OK;
                               1151                 :                :     }
                               1152                 :                :     else
                               1153                 :                :     {
                               1154                 :                :         /*
                               1155                 :                :          * Join the lock's wait queue.  We call this even in the dontWait
                               1156                 :                :          * case, because JoinWaitQueue() may discover that we can acquire the
                               1157                 :                :          * lock immediately after all.
                               1158                 :                :          */
                               1159                 :           2279 :         waitResult = JoinWaitQueue(locallock, lockMethodTable, dontWait);
                               1160                 :                :     }
                               1161                 :                : 
                               1162         [ +  + ]:        2667654 :     if (waitResult == PROC_WAIT_STATUS_ERROR)
                               1163                 :                :     {
                               1164                 :                :         /*
                               1165                 :                :          * We're not getting the lock because a deadlock was detected already
                               1166                 :                :          * while trying to join the wait queue, or because we would have to
                               1167                 :                :          * wait but the caller requested no blocking.
                               1168                 :                :          *
                               1169                 :                :          * Undo the changes to shared entries before releasing the partition
                               1170                 :                :          * lock.
                               1171                 :                :          */
                               1172                 :            774 :         AbortStrongLockAcquire();
                               1173                 :                : 
                               1174         [ +  + ]:            774 :         if (proclock->holdMask == 0)
                               1175                 :                :         {
                               1176                 :                :             uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               1177                 :                : 
                               1178                 :            546 :             proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclock->tag,
                               1179                 :                :                                                  hashcode);
                               1180                 :            546 :             dlist_delete(&proclock->lockLink);
                               1181                 :            546 :             dlist_delete(&proclock->procLink);
                               1182         [ -  + ]:            546 :             if (!hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               1183                 :            546 :                                              &(proclock->tag),
                               1184                 :                :                                              proclock_hashcode,
                               1185                 :                :                                              HASH_REMOVE,
                               1186                 :                :                                              NULL))
  685 heikki.linnakangas@i     1187         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 elog(PANIC, "proclock table corrupted");
                               1188                 :                :         }
                               1189                 :                :         else
                               1190                 :                :             PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: did not join wait queue", proclock);
  685 heikki.linnakangas@i     1191                 :CBC         774 :         lock->nRequested--;
                               1192                 :            774 :         lock->requested[lockmode]--;
                               1193                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: did not join wait queue",
                               1194                 :                :                    lock, lockmode);
                               1195   [ +  -  -  + ]:            774 :         Assert((lock->nRequested > 0) &&
                               1196                 :                :                (lock->requested[lockmode] >= 0));
                               1197         [ -  + ]:            774 :         Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               1198                 :            774 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               1199         [ +  - ]:            774 :         if (locallock->nLocks == 0)
                               1200                 :            774 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               1201                 :                : 
                               1202         [ +  + ]:            774 :         if (dontWait)
                               1203                 :                :         {
                               1204                 :                :             /*
                               1205                 :                :              * Log lock holders and waiters as a detail log message if
                               1206                 :                :              * logLockFailure = true and lock acquisition fails with dontWait
                               1207                 :                :              * = true
                               1208                 :                :              */
  555 fujii@postgresql.org     1209         [ -  + ]:            773 :             if (logLockFailure)
                               1210                 :                :             {
                               1211                 :                :                 StringInfoData buf,
                               1212                 :                :                             lock_waiters_sbuf,
                               1213                 :                :                             lock_holders_sbuf;
                               1214                 :                :                 const char *modename;
  555 fujii@postgresql.org     1215                 :UBC           0 :                 int         lockHoldersNum = 0;
                               1216                 :                : 
                               1217                 :              0 :                 initStringInfo(&buf);
                               1218                 :              0 :                 initStringInfo(&lock_waiters_sbuf);
                               1219                 :              0 :                 initStringInfo(&lock_holders_sbuf);
                               1220                 :                : 
                               1221                 :              0 :                 DescribeLockTag(&buf, &locallock->tag.lock);
                               1222                 :              0 :                 modename = GetLockmodeName(locallock->tag.lock.locktag_lockmethodid,
                               1223                 :                :                                            lockmode);
                               1224                 :                : 
                               1225                 :                :                 /* Gather a list of all lock holders and waiters */
                               1226                 :              0 :                 LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_SHARED);
                               1227                 :              0 :                 GetLockHoldersAndWaiters(locallock, &lock_holders_sbuf,
                               1228                 :                :                                          &lock_waiters_sbuf, &lockHoldersNum);
                               1229                 :              0 :                 LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               1230                 :                : 
                               1231         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               1232                 :                :                         (errmsg("process %d could not obtain %s on %s",
                               1233                 :                :                                 MyProcPid, modename, buf.data),
                               1234                 :                :                          errdetail_log_plural(
                               1235                 :                :                                               "Process holding the lock: %s, Wait queue: %s.",
                               1236                 :                :                                               "Processes holding the lock: %s, Wait queue: %s.",
                               1237                 :                :                                               lockHoldersNum,
                               1238                 :                :                                               lock_holders_sbuf.data,
                               1239                 :                :                                               lock_waiters_sbuf.data)));
                               1240                 :                : 
                               1241                 :              0 :                 pfree(buf.data);
                               1242                 :              0 :                 pfree(lock_holders_sbuf.data);
                               1243                 :              0 :                 pfree(lock_waiters_sbuf.data);
                               1244                 :                :             }
  685 heikki.linnakangas@i     1245         [ +  + ]:CBC         773 :             if (locallockp)
                               1246                 :            247 :                 *locallockp = NULL;
                               1247                 :            773 :             return LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL;
                               1248                 :                :         }
                               1249                 :                :         else
                               1250                 :                :         {
                               1251                 :              1 :             DeadLockReport();
                               1252                 :                :             /* DeadLockReport() will not return */
                               1253                 :                :         }
                               1254                 :                :     }
                               1255                 :                : 
                               1256                 :                :     /*
                               1257                 :                :      * We are now in the lock queue, or the lock was already granted.  If
                               1258                 :                :      * queued, go to sleep.
                               1259                 :                :      */
                               1260         [ +  + ]:        2666880 :     if (waitResult == PROC_WAIT_STATUS_WAITING)
                               1261                 :                :     {
                               1262         [ -  + ]:           1498 :         Assert(!dontWait);
                               1263                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: sleeping on lock", proclock);
                               1264                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: sleeping on lock", lock, lockmode);
                               1265                 :           1498 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               1266                 :                : 
                               1267                 :           1498 :         waitResult = WaitOnLock(locallock, owner);
                               1268                 :                : 
                               1269                 :                :         /*
                               1270                 :                :          * NOTE: do not do any material change of state between here and
                               1271                 :                :          * return.  All required changes in locktable state must have been
                               1272                 :                :          * done when the lock was granted to us --- see notes in WaitOnLock.
                               1273                 :                :          */
                               1274                 :                : 
                               1275         [ +  + ]:           1456 :         if (waitResult == PROC_WAIT_STATUS_ERROR)
                               1276                 :                :         {
                               1277                 :                :             /*
                               1278                 :                :              * We failed as a result of a deadlock, see CheckDeadLock(). Quit
                               1279                 :                :              * now.
                               1280                 :                :              */
                               1281         [ -  + ]:              5 :             Assert(!dontWait);
                               1282                 :              5 :             DeadLockReport();
                               1283                 :                :             /* DeadLockReport() will not return */
                               1284                 :                :         }
                               1285                 :                :     }
                               1286                 :                :     else
                               1287                 :        2665382 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               1288         [ -  + ]:        2666833 :     Assert(waitResult == PROC_WAIT_STATUS_OK);
                               1289                 :                : 
                               1290                 :                :     /* The lock was granted to us.  Update the local lock entry accordingly */
                               1291         [ -  + ]:        2666833 :     Assert((proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode)) != 0);
                               1292                 :        2666833 :     GrantLockLocal(locallock, owner);
                               1293                 :                : 
                               1294                 :                :     /*
                               1295                 :                :      * Lock state is fully up-to-date now; if we error out after this, no
                               1296                 :                :      * special error cleanup is required.
                               1297                 :                :      */
 5268 rhaas@postgresql.org     1298                 :        2666833 :     FinishStrongLockAcquire();
                               1299                 :                : 
                               1300                 :                :     /*
                               1301                 :                :      * Emit a WAL record if acquisition of this lock needs to be replayed in a
                               1302                 :                :      * standby server.
                               1303                 :                :      */
 5594                          1304         [ +  + ]:        2666833 :     if (log_lock)
                               1305                 :                :     {
                               1306                 :                :         /*
                               1307                 :                :          * Decode the locktag back to the original values, to avoid sending
                               1308                 :                :          * lots of empty bytes with every message.  See lock.h to check how a
                               1309                 :                :          * locktag is defined for LOCKTAG_RELATION
                               1310                 :                :          */
                               1311                 :         165465 :         LogAccessExclusiveLock(locktag->locktag_field1,
                               1312                 :         165465 :                                locktag->locktag_field2);
                               1313                 :                :     }
                               1314                 :                : 
                               1315                 :        2666833 :     return LOCKACQUIRE_OK;
                               1316                 :                : }
                               1317                 :                : 
                               1318                 :                : /*
                               1319                 :                :  * Find or create LOCK and PROCLOCK objects as needed for a new lock
                               1320                 :                :  * request.
                               1321                 :                :  *
                               1322                 :                :  * Returns the PROCLOCK object, or NULL if we failed to create the objects
                               1323                 :                :  * for lack of shared memory.
                               1324                 :                :  *
                               1325                 :                :  * The appropriate partition lock must be held at entry, and will be
                               1326                 :                :  * held at exit.
                               1327                 :                :  */
                               1328                 :                : static PROCLOCK *
                               1329                 :        2669816 : SetupLockInTable(LockMethod lockMethodTable, PGPROC *proc,
                               1330                 :                :                  const LOCKTAG *locktag, uint32 hashcode, LOCKMODE lockmode)
                               1331                 :                : {
                               1332                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               1333                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               1334                 :                :     PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               1335                 :                :     uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               1336                 :                :     bool        found;
                               1337                 :                : 
                               1338                 :                :     /*
                               1339                 :                :      * Find or create a lock with this tag.
                               1340                 :                :      */
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1341                 :        2669816 :     lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               1342                 :                :                                                 locktag,
                               1343                 :                :                                                 hashcode,
                               1344                 :                :                                                 HASH_ENTER_NULL,
                               1345                 :                :                                                 &found);
10605 bruce@momjian.us         1346         [ -  + ]:        2669816 :     if (!lock)
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     1347                 :UBC           0 :         return NULL;
                               1348                 :                : 
                               1349                 :                :     /*
                               1350                 :                :      * if it's a new lock object, initialize it
                               1351                 :                :      */
10605 bruce@momjian.us         1352         [ +  + ]:CBC     2669816 :     if (!found)
                               1353                 :                :     {
 9378 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1354                 :        2329950 :         lock->grantMask = 0;
                               1355                 :        2329950 :         lock->waitMask = 0;
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       1356                 :        2329950 :         dlist_init(&lock->procLocks);
                               1357                 :        2329950 :         dclist_init(&lock->waitProcs);
 9378 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1358                 :        2329950 :         lock->nRequested = 0;
                               1359                 :        2329950 :         lock->nGranted = 0;
 7802 neilc@samurai.com        1360   [ +  -  +  -  :       13979700 :         MemSet(lock->requested, 0, sizeof(int) * MAX_LOCKMODES);
                                     +  -  +  -  +  
                                                 + ]
                               1361   [ -  +  -  -  :        2329950 :         MemSet(lock->granted, 0, sizeof(int) * MAX_LOCKMODES);
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
                               1362                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: new", lock, lockmode);
                               1363                 :                :     }
                               1364                 :                :     else
                               1365                 :                :     {
                               1366                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: found", lock, lockmode);
 9378 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1367   [ +  -  -  + ]:         339866 :         Assert((lock->nRequested >= 0) && (lock->requested[lockmode] >= 0));
                               1368   [ +  -  -  + ]:         339866 :         Assert((lock->nGranted >= 0) && (lock->granted[lockmode] >= 0));
                               1369         [ -  + ]:         339866 :         Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               1370                 :                :     }
                               1371                 :                : 
                               1372                 :                :     /*
                               1373                 :                :      * Create the hash key for the proclock table.
                               1374                 :                :      */
 7364                          1375                 :        2669816 :     proclocktag.myLock = lock;
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     1376                 :        2669816 :     proclocktag.myProc = proc;
                               1377                 :                : 
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1378                 :        2669816 :     proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclocktag, hashcode);
                               1379                 :                : 
                               1380                 :                :     /*
                               1381                 :                :      * Find or create a proclock entry with this tag
                               1382                 :                :      */
                               1383                 :        2669816 :     proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               1384                 :                :                                                         &proclocktag,
                               1385                 :                :                                                         proclock_hashcode,
                               1386                 :                :                                                         HASH_ENTER_NULL,
                               1387                 :                :                                                         &found);
 8615 bruce@momjian.us         1388         [ -  + ]:        2669816 :     if (!proclock)
                               1389                 :                :     {
                               1390                 :                :         /* Oops, not enough shmem for the proclock */
 8043 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1391         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         if (lock->nRequested == 0)
                               1392                 :                :         {
                               1393                 :                :             /*
                               1394                 :                :              * There are no other requestors of this lock, so garbage-collect
                               1395                 :                :              * the lock object.  We *must* do this to avoid a permanent leak
                               1396                 :                :              * of shared memory, because there won't be anything to cause
                               1397                 :                :              * anyone to release the lock object later.
                               1398                 :                :              */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       1399         [ #  # ]:              0 :             Assert(dlist_is_empty(&(lock->procLocks)));
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1400         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (!hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
 1322 peter@eisentraut.org     1401                 :              0 :                                              &(lock->tag),
                               1402                 :                :                                              hashcode,
                               1403                 :                :                                              HASH_REMOVE,
                               1404                 :                :                                              NULL))
 7794 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1405         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 elog(PANIC, "lock table corrupted");
                               1406                 :                :         }
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     1407                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               1408                 :                :     }
                               1409                 :                : 
                               1410                 :                :     /*
                               1411                 :                :      * If new, initialize the new entry
                               1412                 :                :      */
10605 bruce@momjian.us         1413         [ +  + ]:CBC     2669816 :     if (!found)
                               1414                 :                :     {
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     1415                 :        2368708 :         uint32      partition = LockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               1416                 :                : 
                               1417                 :                :         /*
                               1418                 :                :          * It might seem unsafe to access proclock->groupLeader without a
                               1419                 :                :          * lock, but it's not really.  Either we are initializing a proclock
                               1420                 :                :          * on our own behalf, in which case our group leader isn't changing
                               1421                 :                :          * because the group leader for a process can only ever be changed by
                               1422                 :                :          * the process itself; or else we are transferring a fast-path lock to
                               1423                 :                :          * the main lock table, in which case that process can't change its
                               1424                 :                :          * lock group leader without first releasing all of its locks (and in
                               1425                 :                :          * particular the one we are currently transferring).
                               1426                 :                :          */
 3878                          1427                 :        4737416 :         proclock->groupLeader = proc->lockGroupLeader != NULL ?
                               1428         [ +  + ]:        2368708 :             proc->lockGroupLeader : proc;
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1429                 :        2368708 :         proclock->holdMask = 0;
 7768                          1430                 :        2368708 :         proclock->releaseMask = 0;
                               1431                 :                :         /* Add proclock to appropriate lists */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       1432                 :        2368708 :         dlist_push_tail(&lock->procLocks, &proclock->lockLink);
                               1433                 :        2368708 :         dlist_push_tail(&proc->myProcLocks[partition], &proclock->procLink);
                               1434                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: new", proclock);
                               1435                 :                :     }
                               1436                 :                :     else
                               1437                 :                :     {
                               1438                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockAcquire: found", proclock);
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1439         [ -  + ]:         301108 :         Assert((proclock->holdMask & ~lock->grantMask) == 0);
                               1440                 :                : 
                               1441                 :                : #ifdef CHECK_DEADLOCK_RISK
                               1442                 :                : 
                               1443                 :                :         /*
                               1444                 :                :          * Issue warning if we already hold a lower-level lock on this object
                               1445                 :                :          * and do not hold a lock of the requested level or higher. This
                               1446                 :                :          * indicates a deadlock-prone coding practice (eg, we'd have a
                               1447                 :                :          * deadlock if another backend were following the same code path at
                               1448                 :                :          * about the same time).
                               1449                 :                :          *
                               1450                 :                :          * This is not enabled by default, because it may generate log entries
                               1451                 :                :          * about user-level coding practices that are in fact safe in context.
                               1452                 :                :          * It can be enabled to help find system-level problems.
                               1453                 :                :          *
                               1454                 :                :          * XXX Doing numeric comparison on the lockmodes is a hack; it'd be
                               1455                 :                :          * better to use a table.  For now, though, this works.
                               1456                 :                :          */
                               1457                 :                :         {
                               1458                 :                :             int         i;
                               1459                 :                : 
                               1460                 :                :             for (i = lockMethodTable->numLockModes; i > 0; i--)
                               1461                 :                :             {
                               1462                 :                :                 if (proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(i))
                               1463                 :                :                 {
                               1464                 :                :                     if (i >= (int) lockmode)
                               1465                 :                :                         break;  /* safe: we have a lock >= req level */
                               1466                 :                :                     elog(LOG, "deadlock risk: raising lock level"
                               1467                 :                :                          " from %s to %s on object %u/%u/%u",
                               1468                 :                :                          lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[i],
                               1469                 :                :                          lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode],
                               1470                 :                :                          lock->tag.locktag_field1, lock->tag.locktag_field2,
                               1471                 :                :                          lock->tag.locktag_field3);
                               1472                 :                :                     break;
                               1473                 :                :                 }
                               1474                 :                :             }
                               1475                 :                :         }
                               1476                 :                : #endif                          /* CHECK_DEADLOCK_RISK */
                               1477                 :                :     }
                               1478                 :                : 
                               1479                 :                :     /*
                               1480                 :                :      * lock->nRequested and lock->requested[] count the total number of
                               1481                 :                :      * requests, whether granted or waiting, so increment those immediately.
                               1482                 :                :      * The other counts don't increment till we get the lock.
                               1483                 :                :      */
 9378                          1484                 :        2669816 :     lock->nRequested++;
                               1485                 :        2669816 :     lock->requested[lockmode]++;
                               1486   [ +  -  -  + ]:        2669816 :     Assert((lock->nRequested > 0) && (lock->requested[lockmode] > 0));
                               1487                 :                : 
                               1488                 :                :     /*
                               1489                 :                :      * We shouldn't already hold the desired lock; else locallock table is
                               1490                 :                :      * broken.
                               1491                 :                :      */
 7768                          1492         [ -  + ]:        2669816 :     if (proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode))
 7768 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1493         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "lock %s on object %u/%u/%u is already held",
                               1494                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode],
                               1495                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field1, lock->tag.locktag_field2,
                               1496                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field3);
                               1497                 :                : 
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     1498                 :CBC     2669816 :     return proclock;
                               1499                 :                : }
                               1500                 :                : 
                               1501                 :                : /*
                               1502                 :                :  * Check and set/reset the flag that we hold the relation extension lock.
                               1503                 :                :  *
                               1504                 :                :  * It is callers responsibility that this function is called after
                               1505                 :                :  * acquiring/releasing the relation extension lock.
                               1506                 :                :  *
                               1507                 :                :  * Pass acquired as true if lock is acquired, false otherwise.
                               1508                 :                :  */
                               1509                 :                : static inline void
 2377 akapila@postgresql.o     1510                 :       43838865 : CheckAndSetLockHeld(LOCALLOCK *locallock, bool acquired)
                               1511                 :                : {
                               1512                 :                : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
                               1513         [ +  + ]:       43838865 :     if (LOCALLOCK_LOCKTAG(*locallock) == LOCKTAG_RELATION_EXTEND)
                               1514                 :         416344 :         IsRelationExtensionLockHeld = acquired;
                               1515                 :                : #endif
                               1516                 :       43838865 : }
                               1517                 :                : 
                               1518                 :                : /*
                               1519                 :                :  * Subroutine to free a locallock entry
                               1520                 :                :  */
                               1521                 :                : static void
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1522                 :       21633540 : RemoveLocalLock(LOCALLOCK *locallock)
                               1523                 :                : {
                               1524                 :                :     int         i;
                               1525                 :                : 
 5204 heikki.linnakangas@i     1526         [ +  + ]:       21739156 :     for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               1527                 :                :     {
                               1528         [ +  + ]:         105616 :         if (locallock->lockOwners[i].owner != NULL)
                               1529                 :         105553 :             ResourceOwnerForgetLock(locallock->lockOwners[i].owner, locallock);
                               1530                 :                :     }
 4018 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1531                 :       21633540 :     locallock->numLockOwners = 0;
                               1532         [ +  - ]:       21633540 :     if (locallock->lockOwners != NULL)
                               1533                 :       21633540 :         pfree(locallock->lockOwners);
 8059                          1534                 :       21633540 :     locallock->lockOwners = NULL;
                               1535                 :                : 
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     1536         [ +  + ]:       21633540 :     if (locallock->holdsStrongLockCount)
                               1537                 :                :     {
                               1538                 :                :         uint32      fasthashcode;
                               1539                 :                : 
                               1540                 :         237342 :         fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(locallock->hashcode);
                               1541                 :                : 
   16 nathan@postgresql.or     1542         [ -  + ]:GNC      237342 :         Assert(pg_atomic_read_u32(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks[fasthashcode]) > 0);
                               1543                 :         237342 :         pg_atomic_fetch_sub_u32(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks[fasthashcode], 1);
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          1544                 :CBC      237342 :         locallock->holdsStrongLockCount = false;
                               1545                 :                :     }
                               1546                 :                : 
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1547         [ -  + ]:       21633540 :     if (!hash_search(LockMethodLocalHash,
 1322 peter@eisentraut.org     1548                 :       21633540 :                      &(locallock->tag),
                               1549                 :                :                      HASH_REMOVE, NULL))
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1550         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(WARNING, "locallock table corrupted");
                               1551                 :                : 
                               1552                 :                :     /*
                               1553                 :                :      * Indicate that the lock is released for certain types of locks
                               1554                 :                :      */
 2377 akapila@postgresql.o     1555                 :CBC    21633540 :     CheckAndSetLockHeld(locallock, false);
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1556                 :       21633540 : }
                               1557                 :                : 
                               1558                 :                : /*
                               1559                 :                :  * LockCheckConflicts -- test whether requested lock conflicts
                               1560                 :                :  *      with those already granted
                               1561                 :                :  *
                               1562                 :                :  * Returns true if conflict, false if no conflict.
                               1563                 :                :  *
                               1564                 :                :  * NOTES:
                               1565                 :                :  *      Here's what makes this complicated: one process's locks don't
                               1566                 :                :  * conflict with one another, no matter what purpose they are held for
                               1567                 :                :  * (eg, session and transaction locks do not conflict).  Nor do the locks
                               1568                 :                :  * of one process in a lock group conflict with those of another process in
                               1569                 :                :  * the same group.  So, we must subtract off these locks when determining
                               1570                 :                :  * whether the requested new lock conflicts with those already held.
                               1571                 :                :  */
                               1572                 :                : bool
 8329 bruce@momjian.us         1573                 :        2669132 : LockCheckConflicts(LockMethod lockMethodTable,
                               1574                 :                :                    LOCKMODE lockmode,
                               1575                 :                :                    LOCK *lock,
                               1576                 :                :                    PROCLOCK *proclock)
                               1577                 :                : {
 8830                          1578                 :        2669132 :     int         numLockModes = lockMethodTable->numLockModes;
                               1579                 :                :     LOCKMASK    myLocks;
 3878 rhaas@postgresql.org     1580                 :        2669132 :     int         conflictMask = lockMethodTable->conflictTab[lockmode];
                               1581                 :                :     int         conflictsRemaining[MAX_LOCKMODES];
                               1582                 :        2669132 :     int         totalConflictsRemaining = 0;
                               1583                 :                :     dlist_iter  proclock_iter;
                               1584                 :                :     int         i;
                               1585                 :                : 
                               1586                 :                :     /*
                               1587                 :                :      * first check for global conflicts: If no locks conflict with my request,
                               1588                 :                :      * then I get the lock.
                               1589                 :                :      *
                               1590                 :                :      * Checking for conflict: lock->grantMask represents the types of
                               1591                 :                :      * currently held locks.  conflictTable[lockmode] has a bit set for each
                               1592                 :                :      * type of lock that conflicts with request.   Bitwise compare tells if
                               1593                 :                :      * there is a conflict.
                               1594                 :                :      */
                               1595         [ +  + ]:        2669132 :     if (!(conflictMask & lock->grantMask))
                               1596                 :                :     {
                               1597                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: no conflict", proclock);
 2457 peter@eisentraut.org     1598                 :        2517124 :         return false;
                               1599                 :                :     }
                               1600                 :                : 
                               1601                 :                :     /*
                               1602                 :                :      * Rats.  Something conflicts.  But it could still be my own lock, or a
                               1603                 :                :      * lock held by another member of my locking group.  First, figure out how
                               1604                 :                :      * many conflicts remain after subtracting out any locks I hold myself.
                               1605                 :                :      */
 7768 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1606                 :         152008 :     myLocks = proclock->holdMask;
 8329 bruce@momjian.us         1607         [ +  + ]:        1368072 :     for (i = 1; i <= numLockModes; i++)
                               1608                 :                :     {
 3878 rhaas@postgresql.org     1609         [ +  + ]:        1216064 :         if ((conflictMask & LOCKBIT_ON(i)) == 0)
                               1610                 :                :         {
                               1611                 :         732766 :             conflictsRemaining[i] = 0;
                               1612                 :         732766 :             continue;
                               1613                 :                :         }
                               1614                 :         483298 :         conflictsRemaining[i] = lock->granted[i];
                               1615         [ +  + ]:         483298 :         if (myLocks & LOCKBIT_ON(i))
                               1616                 :         161432 :             --conflictsRemaining[i];
                               1617                 :         483298 :         totalConflictsRemaining += conflictsRemaining[i];
                               1618                 :                :     }
                               1619                 :                : 
                               1620                 :                :     /* If no conflicts remain, we get the lock. */
                               1621         [ +  + ]:         152008 :     if (totalConflictsRemaining == 0)
                               1622                 :                :     {
                               1623                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: resolved (simple)", proclock);
 2457 peter@eisentraut.org     1624                 :         148918 :         return false;
                               1625                 :                :     }
                               1626                 :                : 
                               1627                 :                :     /* If no group locking, it's definitely a conflict. */
 3878 rhaas@postgresql.org     1628   [ +  +  +  + ]:           3090 :     if (proclock->groupLeader == MyProc && MyProc->lockGroupLeader == NULL)
                               1629                 :                :     {
                               1630         [ -  + ]:           2020 :         Assert(proclock->tag.myProc == MyProc);
                               1631                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: conflicting (simple)",
                               1632                 :                :                        proclock);
 2457 peter@eisentraut.org     1633                 :           2020 :         return true;
                               1634                 :                :     }
                               1635                 :                : 
                               1636                 :                :     /*
                               1637                 :                :      * The relation extension lock conflict even between the group members.
                               1638                 :                :      */
 1172 akapila@postgresql.o     1639         [ +  + ]:           1070 :     if (LOCK_LOCKTAG(*lock) == LOCKTAG_RELATION_EXTEND)
                               1640                 :                :     {
                               1641                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: conflicting (group)",
                               1642                 :                :                        proclock);
 2375                          1643                 :              1 :         return true;
                               1644                 :                :     }
                               1645                 :                : 
                               1646                 :                :     /*
                               1647                 :                :      * Locks held in conflicting modes by members of our own lock group are
                               1648                 :                :      * not real conflicts; we can subtract those out and see if we still have
                               1649                 :                :      * a conflict.  This is O(N) in the number of processes holding or
                               1650                 :                :      * awaiting locks on this object.  We could improve that by making the
                               1651                 :                :      * shared memory state more complex (and larger) but it doesn't seem worth
                               1652                 :                :      * it.
                               1653                 :                :      */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       1654   [ +  -  +  + ]:           2147 :     dlist_foreach(proclock_iter, &lock->procLocks)
                               1655                 :                :     {
                               1656                 :           1872 :         PROCLOCK   *otherproclock =
                               1657                 :           1872 :             dlist_container(PROCLOCK, lockLink, proclock_iter.cur);
                               1658                 :                : 
 3878 rhaas@postgresql.org     1659         [ +  + ]:           1872 :         if (proclock != otherproclock &&
                               1660         [ +  + ]:           1597 :             proclock->groupLeader == otherproclock->groupLeader &&
                               1661         [ +  + ]:            818 :             (otherproclock->holdMask & conflictMask) != 0)
                               1662                 :                :         {
 3755                          1663                 :            816 :             int         intersectMask = otherproclock->holdMask & conflictMask;
                               1664                 :                : 
 3878                          1665         [ +  + ]:           7344 :             for (i = 1; i <= numLockModes; i++)
                               1666                 :                :             {
                               1667         [ +  + ]:           6528 :                 if ((intersectMask & LOCKBIT_ON(i)) != 0)
                               1668                 :                :                 {
                               1669         [ -  + ]:            829 :                     if (conflictsRemaining[i] <= 0)
 3878 rhaas@postgresql.org     1670         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                         elog(PANIC, "proclocks held do not match lock");
 3878 rhaas@postgresql.org     1671                 :CBC         829 :                     conflictsRemaining[i]--;
                               1672                 :            829 :                     totalConflictsRemaining--;
                               1673                 :                :                 }
                               1674                 :                :             }
                               1675                 :                : 
                               1676         [ +  + ]:            816 :             if (totalConflictsRemaining == 0)
                               1677                 :                :             {
                               1678                 :                :                 PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: resolved (group)",
                               1679                 :                :                                proclock);
 2457 peter@eisentraut.org     1680                 :            794 :                 return false;
                               1681                 :                :             }
                               1682                 :                :         }
                               1683                 :                :     }
                               1684                 :                : 
                               1685                 :                :     /* Nope, it's a real conflict. */
                               1686                 :                :     PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockCheckConflicts: conflicting (group)", proclock);
                               1687                 :            275 :     return true;
                               1688                 :                : }
                               1689                 :                : 
                               1690                 :                : /*
                               1691                 :                :  * GrantLock -- update the lock and proclock data structures to show
                               1692                 :                :  *      the lock request has been granted.
                               1693                 :                :  *
                               1694                 :                :  * NOTE: if proc was blocked, it also needs to be removed from the wait list
                               1695                 :                :  * and have its waitLock/waitProcLock fields cleared.  That's not done here.
                               1696                 :                :  *
                               1697                 :                :  * NOTE: the lock grant also has to be recorded in the associated LOCALLOCK
                               1698                 :                :  * table entry; but since we may be awaking some other process, we can't do
                               1699                 :                :  * that here; it's done by GrantLockLocal, instead.
                               1700                 :                :  */
                               1701                 :                : void
 8615 bruce@momjian.us         1702                 :        2669094 : GrantLock(LOCK *lock, PROCLOCK *proclock, LOCKMODE lockmode)
                               1703                 :                : {
 9378 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1704                 :        2669094 :     lock->nGranted++;
                               1705                 :        2669094 :     lock->granted[lockmode]++;
 8329 bruce@momjian.us         1706                 :        2669094 :     lock->grantMask |= LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode);
 9378 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1707         [ +  + ]:        2669094 :     if (lock->granted[lockmode] == lock->requested[lockmode])
 8329 bruce@momjian.us         1708                 :        2668694 :         lock->waitMask &= LOCKBIT_OFF(lockmode);
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1709                 :        2669094 :     proclock->holdMask |= LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode);
                               1710                 :                :     LOCK_PRINT("GrantLock", lock, lockmode);
 9378                          1711   [ +  -  -  + ]:        2669094 :     Assert((lock->nGranted > 0) && (lock->granted[lockmode] > 0));
                               1712         [ -  + ]:        2669094 :     Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
 8059                          1713                 :        2669094 : }
                               1714                 :                : 
                               1715                 :                : /*
                               1716                 :                :  * UnGrantLock -- opposite of GrantLock.
                               1717                 :                :  *
                               1718                 :                :  * Updates the lock and proclock data structures to show that the lock
                               1719                 :                :  * is no longer held nor requested by the current holder.
                               1720                 :                :  *
                               1721                 :                :  * Returns true if there were any waiters waiting on the lock that
                               1722                 :                :  * should now be woken up with ProcLockWakeup.
                               1723                 :                :  */
                               1724                 :                : static bool
 7898 neilc@samurai.com        1725                 :        2669023 : UnGrantLock(LOCK *lock, LOCKMODE lockmode,
                               1726                 :                :             PROCLOCK *proclock, LockMethod lockMethodTable)
                               1727                 :                : {
 7645 bruce@momjian.us         1728                 :        2669023 :     bool        wakeupNeeded = false;
                               1729                 :                : 
 7898 neilc@samurai.com        1730   [ +  -  -  + ]:        2669023 :     Assert((lock->nRequested > 0) && (lock->requested[lockmode] > 0));
                               1731   [ +  -  -  + ]:        2669023 :     Assert((lock->nGranted > 0) && (lock->granted[lockmode] > 0));
                               1732         [ -  + ]:        2669023 :     Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               1733                 :                : 
                               1734                 :                :     /*
                               1735                 :                :      * fix the general lock stats
                               1736                 :                :      */
                               1737                 :        2669023 :     lock->nRequested--;
                               1738                 :        2669023 :     lock->requested[lockmode]--;
                               1739                 :        2669023 :     lock->nGranted--;
                               1740                 :        2669023 :     lock->granted[lockmode]--;
                               1741                 :                : 
                               1742         [ +  + ]:        2669023 :     if (lock->granted[lockmode] == 0)
                               1743                 :                :     {
                               1744                 :                :         /* change the conflict mask.  No more of this lock type. */
                               1745                 :        2638410 :         lock->grantMask &= LOCKBIT_OFF(lockmode);
                               1746                 :                :     }
                               1747                 :                : 
                               1748                 :                :     LOCK_PRINT("UnGrantLock: updated", lock, lockmode);
                               1749                 :                : 
                               1750                 :                :     /*
                               1751                 :                :      * We need only run ProcLockWakeup if the released lock conflicts with at
                               1752                 :                :      * least one of the lock types requested by waiter(s).  Otherwise whatever
                               1753                 :                :      * conflict made them wait must still exist.  NOTE: before MVCC, we could
                               1754                 :                :      * skip wakeup if lock->granted[lockmode] was still positive. But that's
                               1755                 :                :      * not true anymore, because the remaining granted locks might belong to
                               1756                 :                :      * some waiter, who could now be awakened because he doesn't conflict with
                               1757                 :                :      * his own locks.
                               1758                 :                :      */
                               1759         [ +  + ]:        2669023 :     if (lockMethodTable->conflictTab[lockmode] & lock->waitMask)
                               1760                 :           1424 :         wakeupNeeded = true;
                               1761                 :                : 
                               1762                 :                :     /*
                               1763                 :                :      * Now fix the per-proclock state.
                               1764                 :                :      */
                               1765                 :        2669023 :     proclock->holdMask &= LOCKBIT_OFF(lockmode);
                               1766                 :                :     PROCLOCK_PRINT("UnGrantLock: updated", proclock);
                               1767                 :                : 
                               1768                 :        2669023 :     return wakeupNeeded;
                               1769                 :                : }
                               1770                 :                : 
                               1771                 :                : /*
                               1772                 :                :  * CleanUpLock -- clean up after releasing a lock.  We garbage-collect the
                               1773                 :                :  * proclock and lock objects if possible, and call ProcLockWakeup if there
                               1774                 :                :  * are remaining requests and the caller says it's OK.  (Normally, this
                               1775                 :                :  * should be called after UnGrantLock, and wakeupNeeded is the result from
                               1776                 :                :  * UnGrantLock.)
                               1777                 :                :  *
                               1778                 :                :  * The appropriate partition lock must be held at entry, and will be
                               1779                 :                :  * held at exit.
                               1780                 :                :  */
                               1781                 :                : static void
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1782                 :        2622197 : CleanUpLock(LOCK *lock, PROCLOCK *proclock,
                               1783                 :                :             LockMethod lockMethodTable, uint32 hashcode,
                               1784                 :                :             bool wakeupNeeded)
                               1785                 :                : {
                               1786                 :                :     /*
                               1787                 :                :      * If this was my last hold on this lock, delete my entry in the proclock
                               1788                 :                :      * table.
                               1789                 :                :      */
 7794                          1790         [ +  + ]:        2622197 :     if (proclock->holdMask == 0)
                               1791                 :                :     {
                               1792                 :                :         uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               1793                 :                : 
                               1794                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("CleanUpLock: deleting", proclock);
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       1795                 :        2368183 :         dlist_delete(&proclock->lockLink);
                               1796                 :        2368183 :         dlist_delete(&proclock->procLink);
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1797                 :        2368183 :         proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclock->tag, hashcode);
                               1798         [ -  + ]:        2368183 :         if (!hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
 1322 peter@eisentraut.org     1799                 :        2368183 :                                          &(proclock->tag),
                               1800                 :                :                                          proclock_hashcode,
                               1801                 :                :                                          HASH_REMOVE,
                               1802                 :                :                                          NULL))
 7794 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1803         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(PANIC, "proclock table corrupted");
                               1804                 :                :     }
                               1805                 :                : 
 7794 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1806         [ +  + ]:CBC     2622197 :     if (lock->nRequested == 0)
                               1807                 :                :     {
                               1808                 :                :         /*
                               1809                 :                :          * The caller just released the last lock, so garbage-collect the lock
                               1810                 :                :          * object.
                               1811                 :                :          */
                               1812                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("CleanUpLock: deleting", lock, 0);
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       1813         [ -  + ]:        2329971 :         Assert(dlist_is_empty(&lock->procLocks));
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1814         [ -  + ]:        2329971 :         if (!hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
 1322 peter@eisentraut.org     1815                 :        2329971 :                                          &(lock->tag),
                               1816                 :                :                                          hashcode,
                               1817                 :                :                                          HASH_REMOVE,
                               1818                 :                :                                          NULL))
 7794 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1819         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(PANIC, "lock table corrupted");
                               1820                 :                :     }
 7794 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1821         [ +  + ]:CBC      292226 :     else if (wakeupNeeded)
                               1822                 :                :     {
                               1823                 :                :         /* There are waiters on this lock, so wake them up. */
 7588                          1824                 :           1464 :         ProcLockWakeup(lockMethodTable, lock);
                               1825                 :                :     }
 7794                          1826                 :        2622197 : }
                               1827                 :                : 
                               1828                 :                : /*
                               1829                 :                :  * GrantLockLocal -- update the locallock data structures to show
                               1830                 :                :  *      the lock request has been granted.
                               1831                 :                :  *
                               1832                 :                :  * We expect that LockAcquire made sure there is room to add a new
                               1833                 :                :  * ResourceOwner entry.
                               1834                 :                :  */
                               1835                 :                : static void
 8059                          1836                 :       24173783 : GrantLockLocal(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner owner)
                               1837                 :                : {
                               1838                 :       24173783 :     LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               1839                 :                :     int         i;
                               1840                 :                : 
                               1841         [ -  + ]:       24173783 :     Assert(locallock->numLockOwners < locallock->maxLockOwners);
                               1842                 :                :     /* Count the total */
                               1843                 :       24173783 :     locallock->nLocks++;
                               1844                 :                :     /* Count the per-owner lock */
                               1845         [ +  + ]:       24968748 :     for (i = 0; i < locallock->numLockOwners; i++)
                               1846                 :                :     {
                               1847         [ +  + ]:        2763423 :         if (lockOwners[i].owner == owner)
                               1848                 :                :         {
                               1849                 :        1968458 :             lockOwners[i].nLocks++;
                               1850                 :        1968458 :             return;
                               1851                 :                :         }
                               1852                 :                :     }
                               1853                 :       22205325 :     lockOwners[i].owner = owner;
                               1854                 :       22205325 :     lockOwners[i].nLocks = 1;
                               1855                 :       22205325 :     locallock->numLockOwners++;
 5204 heikki.linnakangas@i     1856         [ +  + ]:       22205325 :     if (owner != NULL)
                               1857                 :       22160588 :         ResourceOwnerRememberLock(owner, locallock);
                               1858                 :                : 
                               1859                 :                :     /* Indicate that the lock is acquired for certain types of locks. */
 2377 akapila@postgresql.o     1860                 :       22205325 :     CheckAndSetLockHeld(locallock, true);
                               1861                 :                : }
                               1862                 :                : 
                               1863                 :                : /*
                               1864                 :                :  * BeginStrongLockAcquire - inhibit use of fastpath for a given LOCALLOCK,
                               1865                 :                :  * and arrange for error cleanup if it fails
                               1866                 :                :  */
                               1867                 :                : static void
 5268 rhaas@postgresql.org     1868                 :         237668 : BeginStrongLockAcquire(LOCALLOCK *locallock, uint32 fasthashcode)
                               1869                 :                : {
                               1870         [ -  + ]:         237668 :     Assert(StrongLockInProgress == NULL);
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          1871         [ -  + ]:         237668 :     Assert(locallock->holdsStrongLockCount == false);
                               1872                 :                : 
   16 nathan@postgresql.or     1873                 :GNC      237668 :     pg_atomic_fetch_add_u32(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks[fasthashcode], 1);
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          1874                 :CBC      237668 :     locallock->holdsStrongLockCount = true;
 5268 rhaas@postgresql.org     1875                 :         237668 :     StrongLockInProgress = locallock;
                               1876                 :         237668 : }
                               1877                 :                : 
                               1878                 :                : /*
                               1879                 :                :  * FinishStrongLockAcquire - cancel pending cleanup for a strong lock
                               1880                 :                :  * acquisition once it's no longer needed
                               1881                 :                :  */
                               1882                 :                : static void
                               1883                 :        2666833 : FinishStrongLockAcquire(void)
                               1884                 :                : {
                               1885                 :        2666833 :     StrongLockInProgress = NULL;
                               1886                 :        2666833 : }
                               1887                 :                : 
                               1888                 :                : /*
                               1889                 :                :  * AbortStrongLockAcquire - undo strong lock state changes performed by
                               1890                 :                :  * BeginStrongLockAcquire.
                               1891                 :                :  */
                               1892                 :                : void
                               1893                 :         468559 : AbortStrongLockAcquire(void)
                               1894                 :                : {
                               1895                 :                :     uint32      fasthashcode;
                               1896                 :         468559 :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock = StrongLockInProgress;
                               1897                 :                : 
                               1898         [ +  + ]:         468559 :     if (locallock == NULL)
                               1899                 :         468338 :         return;
                               1900                 :                : 
                               1901                 :            221 :     fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(locallock->hashcode);
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          1902         [ -  + ]:            221 :     Assert(locallock->holdsStrongLockCount == true);
   16 nathan@postgresql.or     1903         [ -  + ]:GNC         221 :     Assert(pg_atomic_read_u32(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks[fasthashcode]) > 0);
                               1904                 :            221 :     pg_atomic_fetch_sub_u32(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks[fasthashcode], 1);
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          1905                 :CBC         221 :     locallock->holdsStrongLockCount = false;
 5268 rhaas@postgresql.org     1906                 :            221 :     StrongLockInProgress = NULL;
                               1907                 :                : }
                               1908                 :                : 
                               1909                 :                : /*
                               1910                 :                :  * GrantAwaitedLock -- call GrantLockLocal for the lock we are doing
                               1911                 :                :  *      WaitOnLock on.
                               1912                 :                :  *
                               1913                 :                :  * proc.c needs this for the case where we are booted off the lock by
                               1914                 :                :  * timeout, but discover that someone granted us the lock anyway.
                               1915                 :                :  *
                               1916                 :                :  * We could just export GrantLockLocal, but that would require including
                               1917                 :                :  * resowner.h in lock.h, which creates circularity.
                               1918                 :                :  */
                               1919                 :                : void
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1920                 :              1 : GrantAwaitedLock(void)
                               1921                 :                : {
                               1922                 :              1 :     GrantLockLocal(awaitedLock, awaitedOwner);
10253 scrappy@hub.org          1923                 :              1 : }
                               1924                 :                : 
                               1925                 :                : /*
                               1926                 :                :  * GetAwaitedLock -- Return the lock we're currently doing WaitOnLock on.
                               1927                 :                :  */
                               1928                 :                : LOCALLOCK *
  685 heikki.linnakangas@i     1929                 :         469290 : GetAwaitedLock(void)
                               1930                 :                : {
                               1931                 :         469290 :     return awaitedLock;
                               1932                 :                : }
                               1933                 :                : 
                               1934                 :                : /*
                               1935                 :                :  * ResetAwaitedLock -- Forget that we are waiting on a lock.
                               1936                 :                :  */
                               1937                 :                : void
  541                          1938                 :             40 : ResetAwaitedLock(void)
                               1939                 :                : {
                               1940                 :             40 :     awaitedLock = NULL;
                               1941                 :             40 : }
                               1942                 :                : 
                               1943                 :                : /*
                               1944                 :                :  * MarkLockClear -- mark an acquired lock as "clear"
                               1945                 :                :  *
                               1946                 :                :  * This means that we know we have absorbed all sinval messages that other
                               1947                 :                :  * sessions generated before we acquired this lock, and so we can confidently
                               1948                 :                :  * assume we know about any catalog changes protected by this lock.
                               1949                 :                :  */
                               1950                 :                : void
 2935 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1951                 :       20790633 : MarkLockClear(LOCALLOCK *locallock)
                               1952                 :                : {
                               1953         [ -  + ]:       20790633 :     Assert(locallock->nLocks > 0);
                               1954                 :       20790633 :     locallock->lockCleared = true;
                               1955                 :       20790633 : }
                               1956                 :                : 
                               1957                 :                : /*
                               1958                 :                :  * WaitOnLock -- wait to acquire a lock
                               1959                 :                :  *
                               1960                 :                :  * This is a wrapper around ProcSleep, with extra tracing and bookkeeping.
                               1961                 :                :  */
                               1962                 :                : static ProcWaitStatus
  685 heikki.linnakangas@i     1963                 :           1498 : WaitOnLock(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner owner)
                               1964                 :                : {
                               1965                 :                :     ProcWaitStatus result;
                               1966                 :                :     ErrorContextCallback waiterrcontext;
                               1967                 :                : 
                               1968                 :                :     TRACE_POSTGRESQL_LOCK_WAIT_START(locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field1,
                               1969                 :                :                                      locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field2,
                               1970                 :                :                                      locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field3,
                               1971                 :                :                                      locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field4,
                               1972                 :                :                                      locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type,
                               1973                 :                :                                      locallock->tag.mode);
                               1974                 :                : 
                               1975                 :                :     /* Setup error traceback support for ereport() */
  387 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1976                 :           1498 :     waiterrcontext.callback = waitonlock_error_callback;
  303 peter@eisentraut.org     1977                 :           1498 :     waiterrcontext.arg = locallock;
  387 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1978                 :           1498 :     waiterrcontext.previous = error_context_stack;
                               1979                 :           1498 :     error_context_stack = &waiterrcontext;
                               1980                 :                : 
                               1981                 :                :     /* adjust the process title to indicate that it's waiting */
 1308 drowley@postgresql.o     1982                 :           1498 :     set_ps_display_suffix("waiting");
                               1983                 :                : 
                               1984                 :                :     /*
                               1985                 :                :      * Record the fact that we are waiting for a lock, so that
                               1986                 :                :      * LockErrorCleanup will clean up if cancel/die happens.
                               1987                 :                :      */
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1988                 :           1498 :     awaitedLock = locallock;
                               1989                 :           1498 :     awaitedOwner = owner;
                               1990                 :                : 
                               1991                 :                :     /*
                               1992                 :                :      * NOTE: Think not to put any shared-state cleanup after the call to
                               1993                 :                :      * ProcSleep, in either the normal or failure path.  The lock state must
                               1994                 :                :      * be fully set by the lock grantor, or by CheckDeadLock if we give up
                               1995                 :                :      * waiting for the lock.  This is necessary because of the possibility
                               1996                 :                :      * that a cancel/die interrupt will interrupt ProcSleep after someone else
                               1997                 :                :      * grants us the lock, but before we've noticed it. Hence, after granting,
                               1998                 :                :      * the locktable state must fully reflect the fact that we own the lock;
                               1999                 :                :      * we can't do additional work on return.
                               2000                 :                :      *
                               2001                 :                :      * We can and do use a PG_TRY block to try to clean up after failure, but
                               2002                 :                :      * this still has a major limitation: elog(FATAL) can occur while waiting
                               2003                 :                :      * (eg, a "die" interrupt), and then control won't come back here. So all
                               2004                 :                :      * cleanup of essential state should happen in LockErrorCleanup, not here.
                               2005                 :                :      * We can use PG_TRY to clear the "waiting" status flags, since doing that
                               2006                 :                :      * is unimportant if the process exits.
                               2007                 :                :      */
 6805                          2008         [ +  + ]:           1498 :     PG_TRY();
                               2009                 :                :     {
  685 heikki.linnakangas@i     2010                 :           1498 :         result = ProcSleep(locallock);
                               2011                 :                :     }
 6805 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2012                 :             40 :     PG_CATCH();
                               2013                 :                :     {
                               2014                 :                :         /* In this path, awaitedLock remains set until LockErrorCleanup */
                               2015                 :                : 
                               2016                 :                :         /* reset ps display to remove the suffix */
 1308 drowley@postgresql.o     2017                 :             40 :         set_ps_display_remove_suffix();
                               2018                 :                : 
                               2019                 :                :         /* and propagate the error */
 6805 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2020                 :             40 :         PG_RE_THROW();
                               2021                 :                :     }
                               2022         [ -  + ]:           1456 :     PG_END_TRY();
                               2023                 :                : 
                               2024                 :                :     /*
                               2025                 :                :      * We no longer want LockErrorCleanup to do anything.
                               2026                 :                :      */
 8059                          2027                 :           1456 :     awaitedLock = NULL;
                               2028                 :                : 
                               2029                 :                :     /* reset ps display to remove the suffix */
 1308 drowley@postgresql.o     2030                 :           1456 :     set_ps_display_remove_suffix();
                               2031                 :                : 
  387 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2032                 :           1456 :     error_context_stack = waiterrcontext.previous;
                               2033                 :                : 
                               2034                 :                :     TRACE_POSTGRESQL_LOCK_WAIT_DONE(locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field1,
                               2035                 :                :                                     locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field2,
                               2036                 :                :                                     locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field3,
                               2037                 :                :                                     locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field4,
                               2038                 :                :                                     locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type,
                               2039                 :                :                                     locallock->tag.mode);
                               2040                 :                : 
  685 heikki.linnakangas@i     2041                 :           1456 :     return result;
                               2042                 :                : }
                               2043                 :                : 
                               2044                 :                : /*
                               2045                 :                :  * error context callback for failures in WaitOnLock
                               2046                 :                :  *
                               2047                 :                :  * We report which lock was being waited on, in the same style used in
                               2048                 :                :  * deadlock reports.  This helps with lock timeout errors in particular.
                               2049                 :                :  */
                               2050                 :                : static void
  387 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2051                 :            275 : waitonlock_error_callback(void *arg)
                               2052                 :                : {
                               2053                 :            275 :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) arg;
                               2054                 :            275 :     const LOCKTAG *tag = &locallock->tag.lock;
                               2055                 :            275 :     LOCKMODE    mode = locallock->tag.mode;
                               2056                 :                :     StringInfoData locktagbuf;
                               2057                 :                : 
                               2058                 :            275 :     initStringInfo(&locktagbuf);
                               2059                 :            275 :     DescribeLockTag(&locktagbuf, tag);
                               2060                 :                : 
                               2061                 :            550 :     errcontext("waiting for %s on %s",
                               2062                 :            275 :                GetLockmodeName(tag->locktag_lockmethodid, mode),
                               2063                 :                :                locktagbuf.data);
                               2064                 :            275 : }
                               2065                 :                : 
                               2066                 :                : /*
                               2067                 :                :  * Remove a proc from the wait-queue it is on (caller must know it is on one).
                               2068                 :                :  * This is only used when the proc has failed to get the lock, so we set its
                               2069                 :                :  * waitStatus to PROC_WAIT_STATUS_ERROR.
                               2070                 :                :  *
                               2071                 :                :  * Appropriate partition lock must be held by caller.  Also, caller is
                               2072                 :                :  * responsible for signaling the proc if needed.
                               2073                 :                :  *
                               2074                 :                :  * NB: this does not clean up any locallock object that may exist for the lock.
                               2075                 :                :  */
                               2076                 :                : void
 7364                          2077                 :             44 : RemoveFromWaitQueue(PGPROC *proc, uint32 hashcode)
                               2078                 :                : {
 9313 bruce@momjian.us         2079                 :             44 :     LOCK       *waitLock = proc->waitLock;
 7873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2080                 :             44 :     PROCLOCK   *proclock = proc->waitProcLock;
 9313 bruce@momjian.us         2081                 :             44 :     LOCKMODE    lockmode = proc->waitLockMode;
 7873 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2082                 :             44 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = LOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*waitLock);
                               2083                 :                : 
                               2084                 :                :     /* Make sure proc is waiting */
 2286 peter@eisentraut.org     2085         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(proc->waitStatus == PROC_WAIT_STATUS_WAITING);
  212 heikki.linnakangas@i     2086         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(!dlist_node_is_detached(&proc->waitLink));
 9369 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2087         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(waitLock);
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       2088         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(!dclist_is_empty(&waitLock->waitProcs));
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2089   [ +  -  -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(0 < lockmethodid && lockmethodid < lengthof(LockMethods));
                               2090                 :                : 
                               2091                 :                :     /* Remove proc from lock's wait queue */
  212 heikki.linnakangas@i     2092                 :             44 :     dclist_delete_from_thoroughly(&waitLock->waitProcs, &proc->waitLink);
                               2093                 :                : 
                               2094                 :                :     /* Undo increments of request counts by waiting process */
 9369 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2095         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(waitLock->nRequested > 0);
                               2096         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(waitLock->nRequested > proc->waitLock->nGranted);
                               2097                 :             44 :     waitLock->nRequested--;
                               2098         [ -  + ]:             44 :     Assert(waitLock->requested[lockmode] > 0);
                               2099                 :             44 :     waitLock->requested[lockmode]--;
                               2100                 :                :     /* don't forget to clear waitMask bit if appropriate */
                               2101         [ +  - ]:             44 :     if (waitLock->granted[lockmode] == waitLock->requested[lockmode])
 8329 bruce@momjian.us         2102                 :             44 :         waitLock->waitMask &= LOCKBIT_OFF(lockmode);
                               2103                 :                : 
                               2104                 :                :     /* Clean up the proc's own state, and pass it the ok/fail signal */
 9369 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2105                 :             44 :     proc->waitLock = NULL;
 8059                          2106                 :             44 :     proc->waitProcLock = NULL;
 2286 peter@eisentraut.org     2107                 :             44 :     proc->waitStatus = PROC_WAIT_STATUS_ERROR;
                               2108                 :                : 
                               2109                 :                :     /*
                               2110                 :                :      * Delete the proclock immediately if it represents no already-held locks.
                               2111                 :                :      * (This must happen now because if the owner of the lock decides to
                               2112                 :                :      * release it, and the requested/granted counts then go to zero,
                               2113                 :                :      * LockRelease expects there to be no remaining proclocks.) Then see if
                               2114                 :                :      * any other waiters for the lock can be woken up now.
                               2115                 :                :      */
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2116                 :             44 :     CleanUpLock(waitLock, proclock,
 7364                          2117                 :             44 :                 LockMethods[lockmethodid], hashcode,
                               2118                 :                :                 true);
 9369                          2119                 :             44 : }
                               2120                 :                : 
                               2121                 :                : /*
                               2122                 :                :  * LockRelease -- look up 'locktag' and release one 'lockmode' lock on it.
                               2123                 :                :  *      Release a session lock if 'sessionLock' is true, else release a
                               2124                 :                :  *      regular transaction lock.
                               2125                 :                :  *
                               2126                 :                :  * Side Effects: find any waiting processes that are now wakable,
                               2127                 :                :  *      grant them their requested locks and awaken them.
                               2128                 :                :  *      (We have to grant the lock here to avoid a race between
                               2129                 :                :  *      the waking process and any new process to
                               2130                 :                :  *      come along and request the lock.)
                               2131                 :                :  */
                               2132                 :                : bool
 7590                          2133                 :       21378617 : LockRelease(const LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool sessionLock)
                               2134                 :                : {
                               2135                 :       21378617 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               2136                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                               2137                 :                :     LOCALLOCKTAG localtag;
                               2138                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               2139                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               2140                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               2141                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                               2142                 :                :     bool        wakeupNeeded;
                               2143                 :                : 
                               2144   [ +  -  -  + ]:       21378617 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2145         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2146                 :CBC    21378617 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                               2147   [ +  -  -  + ]:       21378617 :     if (lockmode <= 0 || lockmode > lockMethodTable->numLockModes)
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2148         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock mode: %d", lockmode);
                               2149                 :                : 
                               2150                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                               2151                 :                :     if (LOCK_DEBUG_ENABLED(locktag))
                               2152                 :                :         elog(LOG, "LockRelease: lock [%u,%u] %s",
                               2153                 :                :              locktag->locktag_field1, locktag->locktag_field2,
                               2154                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                               2155                 :                : #endif
                               2156                 :                : 
                               2157                 :                :     /*
                               2158                 :                :      * Find the LOCALLOCK entry for this lock and lockmode
                               2159                 :                :      */
 3378 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2160   [ +  -  -  +  :CBC    21378617 :     MemSet(&localtag, 0, sizeof(localtag)); /* must clear padding */
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
 8059                          2161                 :       21378617 :     localtag.lock = *locktag;
                               2162                 :       21378617 :     localtag.mode = lockmode;
                               2163                 :                : 
 7590                          2164                 :       21378617 :     locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_search(LockMethodLocalHash,
                               2165                 :                :                                           &localtag,
                               2166                 :                :                                           HASH_FIND, NULL);
                               2167                 :                : 
                               2168                 :                :     /*
                               2169                 :                :      * let the caller print its own error message, too. Do not ereport(ERROR).
                               2170                 :                :      */
 8059                          2171   [ +  +  -  + ]:       21378617 :     if (!locallock || locallock->nLocks <= 0)
                               2172                 :                :     {
                               2173         [ +  - ]:             17 :         elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                               2174                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          2175                 :             17 :         return false;
                               2176                 :                :     }
                               2177                 :                : 
                               2178                 :                :     /*
                               2179                 :                :      * Decrease the count for the resource owner.
                               2180                 :                :      */
                               2181                 :                :     {
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2182                 :       21378600 :         LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               2183                 :                :         ResourceOwner owner;
                               2184                 :                :         int         i;
                               2185                 :                : 
                               2186                 :                :         /* Identify owner for lock */
 5252                          2187         [ +  + ]:       21378600 :         if (sessionLock)
 8059                          2188                 :          44713 :             owner = NULL;
                               2189                 :                :         else
 5252                          2190                 :       21333887 :             owner = CurrentResourceOwner;
                               2191                 :                : 
 8059                          2192         [ +  + ]:       21379740 :         for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               2193                 :                :         {
                               2194         [ +  + ]:       21379724 :             if (lockOwners[i].owner == owner)
                               2195                 :                :             {
                               2196         [ -  + ]:       21378584 :                 Assert(lockOwners[i].nLocks > 0);
                               2197         [ +  + ]:       21378584 :                 if (--lockOwners[i].nLocks == 0)
                               2198                 :                :                 {
 5204 heikki.linnakangas@i     2199         [ +  + ]:       20627145 :                     if (owner != NULL)
                               2200                 :       20582471 :                         ResourceOwnerForgetLock(owner, locallock);
                               2201                 :                :                     /* compact out unused slot */
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2202                 :       20627145 :                     locallock->numLockOwners--;
                               2203         [ +  + ]:       20627145 :                     if (i < locallock->numLockOwners)
                               2204                 :             88 :                         lockOwners[i] = lockOwners[locallock->numLockOwners];
                               2205                 :                :                 }
                               2206                 :       21378584 :                 break;
                               2207                 :                :             }
                               2208                 :                :         }
                               2209         [ +  + ]:       21378600 :         if (i < 0)
                               2210                 :                :         {
                               2211                 :                :             /* don't release a lock belonging to another owner */
                               2212         [ +  - ]:             16 :             elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                               2213                 :                :                  lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          2214                 :             16 :             return false;
                               2215                 :                :         }
                               2216                 :                :     }
                               2217                 :                : 
                               2218                 :                :     /*
                               2219                 :                :      * Decrease the total local count.  If we're still holding the lock, we're
                               2220                 :                :      * done.
                               2221                 :                :      */
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2222                 :       21378584 :     locallock->nLocks--;
                               2223                 :                : 
                               2224         [ +  + ]:       21378584 :     if (locallock->nLocks > 0)
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          2225                 :        1140412 :         return true;
                               2226                 :                : 
                               2227                 :                :     /*
                               2228                 :                :      * At this point we can no longer suppose we are clear of invalidation
                               2229                 :                :      * messages related to this lock.  Although we'll delete the LOCALLOCK
                               2230                 :                :      * object before any intentional return from this routine, it seems worth
                               2231                 :                :      * the trouble to explicitly reset lockCleared right now, just in case
                               2232                 :                :      * some error prevents us from deleting the LOCALLOCK.
                               2233                 :                :      */
 2935 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2234                 :       20238172 :     locallock->lockCleared = false;
                               2235                 :                : 
                               2236                 :                :     /* Attempt fast release of any lock eligible for the fast path. */
 4680                          2237   [ +  +  +  +  :       20238172 :     if (EligibleForRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode) &&
                                     +  +  +  +  +  
                                                 + ]
  729 tomas.vondra@postgre     2238         [ +  + ]:       18742524 :         FastPathLocalUseCounts[FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(locktag->locktag_field2)] > 0)
                               2239                 :                :     {
                               2240                 :                :         bool        released;
                               2241                 :                : 
                               2242                 :                :         /*
                               2243                 :                :          * We might not find the lock here, even if we originally entered it
                               2244                 :                :          * here.  Another backend may have moved it to the main table.
                               2245                 :                :          */
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2246                 :       18422446 :         LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 5542 rhaas@postgresql.org     2247                 :       18422446 :         released = FastPathUnGrantRelationLock(locktag->locktag_field2,
                               2248                 :                :                                                lockmode);
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2249                 :       18422446 :         LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2250         [ +  + ]:       18422446 :         if (released)
                               2251                 :                :         {
                               2252                 :       18306132 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          2253                 :       18306132 :             return true;
                               2254                 :                :         }
                               2255                 :                :     }
                               2256                 :                : 
                               2257                 :                :     /*
                               2258                 :                :      * Otherwise we've got to mess with the shared lock table.
                               2259                 :                :      */
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2260                 :        1932040 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(locallock->hashcode);
                               2261                 :                : 
 7588                          2262                 :        1932040 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2263                 :                : 
                               2264                 :                :     /*
                               2265                 :                :      * Normally, we don't need to re-find the lock or proclock, since we kept
                               2266                 :                :      * their addresses in the locallock table, and they couldn't have been
                               2267                 :                :      * removed while we were holding a lock on them.  But it's possible that
                               2268                 :                :      * the lock was taken fast-path and has since been moved to the main hash
                               2269                 :                :      * table by another backend, in which case we will need to look up the
                               2270                 :                :      * objects here.  We assume the lock field is NULL if so.
                               2271                 :                :      */
 8059                          2272                 :        1932040 :     lock = locallock->lock;
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2273         [ +  + ]:        1932040 :     if (!lock)
                               2274                 :                :     {
                               2275                 :                :         PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               2276                 :                : 
 5226                          2277   [ +  -  +  -  :             18 :         Assert(EligibleForRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode));
                                     +  -  +  -  -  
                                                 + ]
 5594                          2278                 :             18 :         lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               2279                 :                :                                                     locktag,
                               2280                 :                :                                                     locallock->hashcode,
                               2281                 :                :                                                     HASH_FIND,
                               2282                 :                :                                                     NULL);
 4680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2283         [ -  + ]:             18 :         if (!lock)
 4680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2284         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "failed to re-find shared lock object");
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2285                 :CBC          18 :         locallock->lock = lock;
                               2286                 :                : 
                               2287                 :             18 :         proclocktag.myLock = lock;
                               2288                 :             18 :         proclocktag.myProc = MyProc;
                               2289                 :             18 :         locallock->proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               2290                 :                :                                                        &proclocktag,
                               2291                 :                :                                                        HASH_FIND,
                               2292                 :                :                                                        NULL);
 4680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2293         [ -  + ]:             18 :         if (!locallock->proclock)
 4680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2294         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "failed to re-find shared proclock object");
                               2295                 :                :     }
                               2296                 :                :     LOCK_PRINT("LockRelease: found", lock, lockmode);
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2297                 :CBC     1932040 :     proclock = locallock->proclock;
                               2298                 :                :     PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockRelease: found", proclock);
                               2299                 :                : 
                               2300                 :                :     /*
                               2301                 :                :      * Double-check that we are actually holding a lock of the type we want to
                               2302                 :                :      * release.
                               2303                 :                :      */
                               2304         [ -  + ]:        1932040 :     if (!(proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode)))
                               2305                 :                :     {
                               2306                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockRelease: WRONGTYPE", proclock);
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2307                 :UBC           0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 8459                          2308         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                               2309                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
 8059                          2310                 :              0 :         RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          2311                 :              0 :         return false;
                               2312                 :                :     }
                               2313                 :                : 
                               2314                 :                :     /*
                               2315                 :                :      * Do the releasing.  CleanUpLock will waken any now-wakable waiters.
                               2316                 :                :      */
 7794 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2317                 :CBC     1932040 :     wakeupNeeded = UnGrantLock(lock, lockmode, proclock, lockMethodTable);
                               2318                 :                : 
 7588                          2319                 :        1932040 :     CleanUpLock(lock, proclock,
                               2320                 :                :                 lockMethodTable, locallock->hashcode,
                               2321                 :                :                 wakeupNeeded);
                               2322                 :                : 
                               2323                 :        1932040 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               2324                 :                : 
 8059                          2325                 :        1932040 :     RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          2326                 :        1932040 :     return true;
                               2327                 :                : }
                               2328                 :                : 
                               2329                 :                : /*
                               2330                 :                :  * LockReleaseAll -- Release all locks of the specified lock method that
                               2331                 :                :  *      are held by the current process.
                               2332                 :                :  *
                               2333                 :                :  * Well, not necessarily *all* locks.  The available behaviors are:
                               2334                 :                :  *      allLocks == true: release all locks including session locks.
                               2335                 :                :  *      allLocks == false: release all non-session locks.
                               2336                 :                :  */
                               2337                 :                : void
 7768 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2338                 :         871926 : LockReleaseAll(LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid, bool allLocks)
                               2339                 :                : {
                               2340                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               2341                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                               2342                 :                :     int         i,
                               2343                 :                :                 numLockModes;
                               2344                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               2345                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               2346                 :                :     int         partition;
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2347                 :         871926 :     bool        have_fast_path_lwlock = false;
                               2348                 :                : 
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2349   [ +  -  -  + ]:         871926 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2350         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2351                 :CBC      871926 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                               2352                 :                : 
                               2353                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                               2354                 :                :     if (*(lockMethodTable->trace_flag))
                               2355                 :                :         elog(LOG, "LockReleaseAll: lockmethod=%d", lockmethodid);
                               2356                 :                : #endif
                               2357                 :                : 
                               2358                 :                :     /*
                               2359                 :                :      * Get rid of our fast-path VXID lock, if appropriate.  Note that this is
                               2360                 :                :      * the only way that the lock we hold on our own VXID can ever get
                               2361                 :                :      * released: it is always and only released when a toplevel transaction
                               2362                 :                :      * ends.
                               2363                 :                :      */
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     2364         [ +  + ]:         871926 :     if (lockmethodid == DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD)
                               2365                 :         426629 :         VirtualXactLockTableCleanup();
                               2366                 :                : 
 8830 bruce@momjian.us         2367                 :         871926 :     numLockModes = lockMethodTable->numLockModes;
                               2368                 :                : 
                               2369                 :                :     /*
                               2370                 :                :      * First we run through the locallock table and get rid of unwanted
                               2371                 :                :      * entries, then we scan the process's proclocks and get rid of those. We
                               2372                 :                :      * do this separately because we may have multiple locallock entries
                               2373                 :                :      * pointing to the same proclock, and we daren't end up with any dangling
                               2374                 :                :      * pointers.  Fast-path locks are cleaned up during the locallock table
                               2375                 :                :      * scan, though.
                               2376                 :                :      */
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2377                 :         871926 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               2378                 :                : 
 8059                          2379         [ +  + ]:        2333975 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               2380                 :                :     {
                               2381                 :                :         /*
                               2382                 :                :          * If the LOCALLOCK entry is unused, something must've gone wrong
                               2383                 :                :          * while trying to acquire this lock.  Just forget the local entry.
                               2384                 :                :          */
 5226 rhaas@postgresql.org     2385         [ +  + ]:        1462049 :         if (locallock->nLocks == 0)
                               2386                 :                :         {
                               2387                 :             46 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               2388                 :             46 :             continue;
                               2389                 :                :         }
                               2390                 :                : 
                               2391                 :                :         /* Ignore items that are not of the lockmethod to be removed */
                               2392         [ +  + ]:        1462003 :         if (LOCALLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*locallock) != lockmethodid)
                               2393                 :          34313 :             continue;
                               2394                 :                : 
                               2395                 :                :         /*
                               2396                 :                :          * If we are asked to release all locks, we can just zap the entry.
                               2397                 :                :          * Otherwise, must scan to see if there are session locks. We assume
                               2398                 :                :          * there is at most one lockOwners entry for session locks.
                               2399                 :                :          */
                               2400         [ +  + ]:        1427690 :         if (!allLocks)
                               2401                 :                :         {
                               2402                 :        1324014 :             LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               2403                 :                : 
                               2404                 :                :             /* If session lock is above array position 0, move it down to 0 */
 4862 bruce@momjian.us         2405         [ +  + ]:        2669283 :             for (i = 0; i < locallock->numLockOwners; i++)
                               2406                 :                :             {
 5226 rhaas@postgresql.org     2407         [ +  + ]:        1345269 :                 if (lockOwners[i].owner == NULL)
                               2408                 :          33993 :                     lockOwners[0] = lockOwners[i];
                               2409                 :                :                 else
 5204 heikki.linnakangas@i     2410                 :        1311276 :                     ResourceOwnerForgetLock(lockOwners[i].owner, locallock);
                               2411                 :                :             }
                               2412                 :                : 
 5226 rhaas@postgresql.org     2413         [ +  - ]:        1324014 :             if (locallock->numLockOwners > 0 &&
                               2414         [ +  + ]:        1324014 :                 lockOwners[0].owner == NULL &&
                               2415         [ +  - ]:          33993 :                 lockOwners[0].nLocks > 0)
                               2416                 :                :             {
                               2417                 :                :                 /* Fix the locallock to show just the session locks */
                               2418                 :          33993 :                 locallock->nLocks = lockOwners[0].nLocks;
                               2419                 :          33993 :                 locallock->numLockOwners = 1;
                               2420                 :                :                 /* We aren't deleting this locallock, so done */
 5594                          2421                 :          33993 :                 continue;
                               2422                 :                :             }
                               2423                 :                :             else
 5204 heikki.linnakangas@i     2424                 :        1290021 :                 locallock->numLockOwners = 0;
                               2425                 :                :         }
                               2426                 :                : 
                               2427                 :                : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
                               2428                 :                : 
                               2429                 :                :         /*
                               2430                 :                :          * Tuple locks are currently held only for short durations within a
                               2431                 :                :          * transaction. Check that we didn't forget to release one.
                               2432                 :                :          */
  726 noah@leadboat.com        2433   [ +  +  -  + ]:        1393697 :         if (LOCALLOCK_LOCKTAG(*locallock) == LOCKTAG_TUPLE && !allLocks)
  726 noah@leadboat.com        2434         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(WARNING, "tuple lock held at commit");
                               2435                 :                : #endif
                               2436                 :                : 
                               2437                 :                :         /*
                               2438                 :                :          * If the lock or proclock pointers are NULL, this lock was taken via
                               2439                 :                :          * the relation fast-path (and is not known to have been transferred).
                               2440                 :                :          */
 5226 rhaas@postgresql.org     2441   [ +  +  -  + ]:CBC     1393697 :         if (locallock->proclock == NULL || locallock->lock == NULL)
                               2442                 :           1507 :         {
                               2443                 :         659401 :             LOCKMODE    lockmode = locallock->tag.mode;
                               2444                 :                :             Oid         relid;
                               2445                 :                : 
                               2446                 :                :             /* Verify that a fast-path lock is what we've got. */
                               2447   [ +  -  +  -  :         659401 :             if (!EligibleForRelationFastPath(&locallock->tag.lock, lockmode))
                                     +  -  +  -  -  
                                                 + ]
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2448         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 elog(PANIC, "locallock table corrupted");
                               2449                 :                : 
                               2450                 :                :             /*
                               2451                 :                :              * If we don't currently hold the LWLock that protects our
                               2452                 :                :              * fast-path data structures, we must acquire it before attempting
                               2453                 :                :              * to release the lock via the fast-path.  We will continue to
                               2454                 :                :              * hold the LWLock until we're done scanning the locallock table,
                               2455                 :                :              * unless we hit a transferred fast-path lock.  (XXX is this
                               2456                 :                :              * really such a good idea?  There could be a lot of entries ...)
                               2457                 :                :              */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2458         [ +  + ]:CBC      659401 :             if (!have_fast_path_lwlock)
                               2459                 :                :             {
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2460                 :         190825 :                 LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2461                 :         190825 :                 have_fast_path_lwlock = true;
                               2462                 :                :             }
                               2463                 :                : 
                               2464                 :                :             /* Attempt fast-path release. */
                               2465                 :         659401 :             relid = locallock->tag.lock.locktag_field2;
 5542                          2466         [ +  + ]:         659401 :             if (FastPathUnGrantRelationLock(relid, lockmode))
                               2467                 :                :             {
 5594                          2468                 :         657894 :                 RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               2469                 :         657894 :                 continue;
                               2470                 :                :             }
                               2471                 :                : 
                               2472                 :                :             /*
                               2473                 :                :              * Our lock, originally taken via the fast path, has been
                               2474                 :                :              * transferred to the main lock table.  That's going to require
                               2475                 :                :              * some extra work, so release our fast-path lock before starting.
                               2476                 :                :              */
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2477                 :           1507 :             LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2478                 :           1507 :             have_fast_path_lwlock = false;
                               2479                 :                : 
                               2480                 :                :             /*
                               2481                 :                :              * Now dump the lock.  We haven't got a pointer to the LOCK or
                               2482                 :                :              * PROCLOCK in this case, so we have to handle this a bit
                               2483                 :                :              * differently than a normal lock release.  Unfortunately, this
                               2484                 :                :              * requires an extra LWLock acquire-and-release cycle on the
                               2485                 :                :              * partitionLock, but hopefully it shouldn't happen often.
                               2486                 :                :              */
                               2487                 :           1507 :             LockRefindAndRelease(lockMethodTable, MyProc,
                               2488                 :                :                                  &locallock->tag.lock, lockmode, false);
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2489                 :           1507 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               2490                 :           1507 :             continue;
                               2491                 :                :         }
                               2492                 :                : 
                               2493                 :                :         /* Mark the proclock to show we need to release this lockmode */
 7768                          2494         [ +  - ]:         734296 :         if (locallock->nLocks > 0)
                               2495                 :         734296 :             locallock->proclock->releaseMask |= LOCKBIT_ON(locallock->tag.mode);
                               2496                 :                : 
                               2497                 :                :         /* And remove the locallock hashtable entry */
 8059                          2498                 :         734296 :         RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               2499                 :                :     }
                               2500                 :                : 
                               2501                 :                :     /* Done with the fast-path data structures */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2502         [ +  + ]:         871926 :     if (have_fast_path_lwlock)
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2503                 :         189318 :         LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
                               2504                 :                : 
                               2505                 :                :     /*
                               2506                 :                :      * Now, scan each lock partition separately.
                               2507                 :                :      */
 7588                          2508         [ +  + ]:       14822742 :     for (partition = 0; partition < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; partition++)
                               2509                 :                :     {
                               2510                 :                :         LWLock     *partitionLock;
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       2511                 :       13950816 :         dlist_head *procLocks = &MyProc->myProcLocks[partition];
                               2512                 :                :         dlist_mutable_iter proclock_iter;
                               2513                 :                : 
 4619 rhaas@postgresql.org     2514                 :       13950816 :         partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(partition);
                               2515                 :                : 
                               2516                 :                :         /*
                               2517                 :                :          * If the proclock list for this partition is empty, we can skip
                               2518                 :                :          * acquiring the partition lock.  This optimization is trickier than
                               2519                 :                :          * it looks, because another backend could be in process of adding
                               2520                 :                :          * something to our proclock list due to promoting one of our
                               2521                 :                :          * fast-path locks.  However, any such lock must be one that we
                               2522                 :                :          * decided not to delete above, so it's okay to skip it again now;
                               2523                 :                :          * we'd just decide not to delete it again.  We must, however, be
                               2524                 :                :          * careful to re-fetch the list header once we've acquired the
                               2525                 :                :          * partition lock, to be sure we have a valid, up-to-date pointer.
                               2526                 :                :          * (There is probably no significant risk if pointer fetch/store is
                               2527                 :                :          * atomic, but we don't wish to assume that.)
                               2528                 :                :          *
                               2529                 :                :          * XXX This argument assumes that the locallock table correctly
                               2530                 :                :          * represents all of our fast-path locks.  While allLocks mode
                               2531                 :                :          * guarantees to clean up all of our normal locks regardless of the
                               2532                 :                :          * locallock situation, we lose that guarantee for fast-path locks.
                               2533                 :                :          * This is not ideal.
                               2534                 :                :          */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       2535         [ +  + ]:       13950816 :         if (dlist_is_empty(procLocks))
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2536                 :       13352186 :             continue;           /* needn't examine this partition */
                               2537                 :                : 
                               2538                 :         598630 :         LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2539                 :                : 
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       2540   [ +  -  +  + ]:        1353457 :         dlist_foreach_modify(proclock_iter, procLocks)
                               2541                 :                :         {
                               2542                 :         754827 :             PROCLOCK   *proclock = dlist_container(PROCLOCK, procLink, proclock_iter.cur);
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2543                 :         754827 :             bool        wakeupNeeded = false;
                               2544                 :                : 
 7364                          2545         [ -  + ]:         754827 :             Assert(proclock->tag.myProc == MyProc);
                               2546                 :                : 
                               2547                 :         754827 :             lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               2548                 :                : 
                               2549                 :                :             /* Ignore items that are not of the lockmethod to be removed */
 7588                          2550         [ +  + ]:         754827 :             if (LOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*lock) != lockmethodid)
 4679                          2551                 :          34313 :                 continue;
                               2552                 :                : 
                               2553                 :                :             /*
                               2554                 :                :              * In allLocks mode, force release of all locks even if locallock
                               2555                 :                :              * table had problems
                               2556                 :                :              */
 7588                          2557         [ +  + ]:         720514 :             if (allLocks)
                               2558                 :          44339 :                 proclock->releaseMask = proclock->holdMask;
                               2559                 :                :             else
                               2560         [ -  + ]:         676175 :                 Assert((proclock->releaseMask & ~proclock->holdMask) == 0);
                               2561                 :                : 
                               2562                 :                :             /*
                               2563                 :                :              * Ignore items that have nothing to be released, unless they have
                               2564                 :                :              * holdMask == 0 and are therefore recyclable
                               2565                 :                :              */
                               2566   [ +  +  +  - ]:         720514 :             if (proclock->releaseMask == 0 && proclock->holdMask != 0)
 4679                          2567                 :          33086 :                 continue;
                               2568                 :                : 
                               2569                 :                :             PROCLOCK_PRINT("LockReleaseAll", proclock);
                               2570                 :                :             LOCK_PRINT("LockReleaseAll", lock, 0);
 7588                          2571         [ -  + ]:         687428 :             Assert(lock->nRequested >= 0);
                               2572         [ -  + ]:         687428 :             Assert(lock->nGranted >= 0);
                               2573         [ -  + ]:         687428 :             Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               2574         [ -  + ]:         687428 :             Assert((proclock->holdMask & ~lock->grantMask) == 0);
                               2575                 :                : 
                               2576                 :                :             /*
                               2577                 :                :              * Release the previously-marked lock modes
                               2578                 :                :              */
                               2579         [ +  + ]:        6186852 :             for (i = 1; i <= numLockModes; i++)
                               2580                 :                :             {
                               2581         [ +  + ]:        5499424 :                 if (proclock->releaseMask & LOCKBIT_ON(i))
                               2582                 :         734298 :                     wakeupNeeded |= UnGrantLock(lock, i, proclock,
                               2583                 :                :                                                 lockMethodTable);
                               2584                 :                :             }
                               2585   [ +  -  -  + ]:         687428 :             Assert((lock->nRequested >= 0) && (lock->nGranted >= 0));
                               2586         [ -  + ]:         687428 :             Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               2587                 :                :             LOCK_PRINT("LockReleaseAll: updated", lock, 0);
                               2588                 :                : 
                               2589                 :         687428 :             proclock->releaseMask = 0;
                               2590                 :                : 
                               2591                 :                :             /* CleanUpLock will wake up waiters if needed. */
                               2592                 :         687428 :             CleanUpLock(lock, proclock,
                               2593                 :                :                         lockMethodTable,
 7364                          2594                 :         687428 :                         LockTagHashCode(&lock->tag),
                               2595                 :                :                         wakeupNeeded);
                               2596                 :                :         }                       /* loop over PROCLOCKs within this partition */
                               2597                 :                : 
 7588                          2598                 :         598630 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               2599                 :                :     }                           /* loop over partitions */
                               2600                 :                : 
                               2601                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                               2602                 :                :     if (*(lockMethodTable->trace_flag))
                               2603                 :                :         elog(LOG, "LockReleaseAll done");
                               2604                 :                : #endif
11030 scrappy@hub.org          2605                 :         871926 : }
                               2606                 :                : 
                               2607                 :                : /*
                               2608                 :                :  * LockReleaseSession -- Release all session locks of the specified lock method
                               2609                 :                :  *      that are held by the current process.
                               2610                 :                :  */
                               2611                 :                : void
 5252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2612                 :            122 : LockReleaseSession(LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid)
                               2613                 :                : {
                               2614                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               2615                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               2616                 :                : 
                               2617   [ +  -  -  + ]:            122 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 5252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2618         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
                               2619                 :                : 
 5252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2620                 :CBC         122 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               2621                 :                : 
                               2622         [ +  + ]:            242 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               2623                 :                :     {
                               2624                 :                :         /* Ignore items that are not of the specified lock method */
                               2625         [ +  + ]:            120 :         if (LOCALLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*locallock) != lockmethodid)
                               2626                 :             11 :             continue;
                               2627                 :                : 
                               2628                 :            109 :         ReleaseLockIfHeld(locallock, true);
                               2629                 :                :     }
                               2630                 :            122 : }
                               2631                 :                : 
                               2632                 :                : /*
                               2633                 :                :  * LockReleaseCurrentOwner
                               2634                 :                :  *      Release all locks belonging to CurrentResourceOwner
                               2635                 :                :  *
                               2636                 :                :  * If the caller knows what those locks are, it can pass them as an array.
                               2637                 :                :  * That speeds up the call significantly, when a lot of locks are held.
                               2638                 :                :  * Otherwise, pass NULL for locallocks, and we'll traverse through our hash
                               2639                 :                :  * table to find them.
                               2640                 :                :  */
                               2641                 :                : void
 5204 heikki.linnakangas@i     2642                 :           6351 : LockReleaseCurrentOwner(LOCALLOCK **locallocks, int nlocks)
                               2643                 :                : {
                               2644         [ +  + ]:           6351 :     if (locallocks == NULL)
                               2645                 :                :     {
                               2646                 :                :         HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               2647                 :                :         LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               2648                 :                : 
                               2649                 :              9 :         hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               2650                 :                : 
                               2651         [ +  + ]:            647 :         while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               2652                 :            638 :             ReleaseLockIfHeld(locallock, false);
                               2653                 :                :     }
                               2654                 :                :     else
                               2655                 :                :     {
                               2656                 :                :         int         i;
                               2657                 :                : 
                               2658         [ +  + ]:           9882 :         for (i = nlocks - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               2659                 :           3540 :             ReleaseLockIfHeld(locallocks[i], false);
                               2660                 :                :     }
 5693 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2661                 :           6351 : }
                               2662                 :                : 
                               2663                 :                : /*
                               2664                 :                :  * ReleaseLockIfHeld
                               2665                 :                :  *      Release any session-level locks on this lockable object if sessionLock
                               2666                 :                :  *      is true; else, release any locks held by CurrentResourceOwner.
                               2667                 :                :  *
                               2668                 :                :  * It is tempting to pass this a ResourceOwner pointer (or NULL for session
                               2669                 :                :  * locks), but without refactoring LockRelease() we cannot support releasing
                               2670                 :                :  * locks belonging to resource owners other than CurrentResourceOwner.
                               2671                 :                :  * If we were to refactor, it'd be a good idea to fix it so we don't have to
                               2672                 :                :  * do a hashtable lookup of the locallock, too.  However, currently this
                               2673                 :                :  * function isn't used heavily enough to justify refactoring for its
                               2674                 :                :  * convenience.
                               2675                 :                :  */
                               2676                 :                : static void
 5252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2677                 :           4287 : ReleaseLockIfHeld(LOCALLOCK *locallock, bool sessionLock)
                               2678                 :                : {
                               2679                 :                :     ResourceOwner owner;
                               2680                 :                :     LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners;
                               2681                 :                :     int         i;
                               2682                 :                : 
                               2683                 :                :     /* Identify owner for lock (must match LockRelease!) */
                               2684         [ +  + ]:           4287 :     if (sessionLock)
                               2685                 :            109 :         owner = NULL;
                               2686                 :                :     else
                               2687                 :           4178 :         owner = CurrentResourceOwner;
                               2688                 :                : 
                               2689                 :                :     /* Scan to see if there are any locks belonging to the target owner */
 5693 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2690                 :           4287 :     lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               2691         [ +  + ]:           4756 :     for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               2692                 :                :     {
                               2693         [ +  + ]:           4287 :         if (lockOwners[i].owner == owner)
                               2694                 :                :         {
                               2695         [ -  + ]:           3818 :             Assert(lockOwners[i].nLocks > 0);
                               2696         [ +  + ]:           3818 :             if (lockOwners[i].nLocks < locallock->nLocks)
                               2697                 :                :             {
                               2698                 :                :                 /*
                               2699                 :                :                  * We will still hold this lock after forgetting this
                               2700                 :                :                  * ResourceOwner.
                               2701                 :                :                  */
                               2702                 :           1010 :                 locallock->nLocks -= lockOwners[i].nLocks;
                               2703                 :                :                 /* compact out unused slot */
                               2704                 :           1010 :                 locallock->numLockOwners--;
 5204 heikki.linnakangas@i     2705         [ +  - ]:           1010 :                 if (owner != NULL)
                               2706                 :           1010 :                     ResourceOwnerForgetLock(owner, locallock);
 5693 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2707         [ -  + ]:           1010 :                 if (i < locallock->numLockOwners)
 5693 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2708                 :UBC           0 :                     lockOwners[i] = lockOwners[locallock->numLockOwners];
                               2709                 :                :             }
                               2710                 :                :             else
                               2711                 :                :             {
 5693 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2712         [ -  + ]:CBC        2808 :                 Assert(lockOwners[i].nLocks == locallock->nLocks);
                               2713                 :                :                 /* We want to call LockRelease just once */
                               2714                 :           2808 :                 lockOwners[i].nLocks = 1;
                               2715                 :           2808 :                 locallock->nLocks = 1;
                               2716         [ -  + ]:           2808 :                 if (!LockRelease(&locallock->tag.lock,
                               2717                 :                :                                  locallock->tag.mode,
                               2718                 :                :                                  sessionLock))
 5252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2719         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                     elog(WARNING, "ReleaseLockIfHeld: failed??");
                               2720                 :                :             }
 5693 itagaki.takahiro@gma     2721                 :CBC        3818 :             break;
                               2722                 :                :         }
                               2723                 :                :     }
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2724                 :           4287 : }
                               2725                 :                : 
                               2726                 :                : /*
                               2727                 :                :  * LockReassignCurrentOwner
                               2728                 :                :  *      Reassign all locks belonging to CurrentResourceOwner to belong
                               2729                 :                :  *      to its parent resource owner.
                               2730                 :                :  *
                               2731                 :                :  * If the caller knows what those locks are, it can pass them as an array.
                               2732                 :                :  * That speeds up the call significantly, when a lot of locks are held
                               2733                 :                :  * (e.g pg_dump with a large schema).  Otherwise, pass NULL for locallocks,
                               2734                 :                :  * and we'll traverse through our hash table to find them.
                               2735                 :                :  */
                               2736                 :                : void
 5204 heikki.linnakangas@i     2737                 :         447213 : LockReassignCurrentOwner(LOCALLOCK **locallocks, int nlocks)
                               2738                 :                : {
 8059 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2739                 :         447213 :     ResourceOwner parent = ResourceOwnerGetParent(CurrentResourceOwner);
                               2740                 :                : 
                               2741         [ -  + ]:         447213 :     Assert(parent != NULL);
                               2742                 :                : 
 5204 heikki.linnakangas@i     2743         [ +  + ]:         447213 :     if (locallocks == NULL)
                               2744                 :                :     {
                               2745                 :                :         HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               2746                 :                :         LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               2747                 :                : 
                               2748                 :           7091 :         hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               2749                 :                : 
                               2750         [ +  + ]:         215233 :         while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               2751                 :         208142 :             LockReassignOwner(locallock, parent);
                               2752                 :                :     }
                               2753                 :                :     else
                               2754                 :                :     {
                               2755                 :                :         int         i;
                               2756                 :                : 
                               2757         [ +  + ]:        1009151 :         for (i = nlocks - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               2758                 :         569029 :             LockReassignOwner(locallocks[i], parent);
                               2759                 :                :     }
                               2760                 :         447213 : }
                               2761                 :                : 
                               2762                 :                : /*
                               2763                 :                :  * Subroutine of LockReassignCurrentOwner. Reassigns a given lock belonging to
                               2764                 :                :  * CurrentResourceOwner to its parent.
                               2765                 :                :  */
                               2766                 :                : static void
                               2767                 :         777171 : LockReassignOwner(LOCALLOCK *locallock, ResourceOwner parent)
                               2768                 :                : {
                               2769                 :                :     LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners;
                               2770                 :                :     int         i;
                               2771                 :         777171 :     int         ic = -1;
                               2772                 :         777171 :     int         ip = -1;
                               2773                 :                : 
                               2774                 :                :     /*
                               2775                 :                :      * Scan to see if there are any locks belonging to current owner or its
                               2776                 :                :      * parent
                               2777                 :                :      */
                               2778                 :         777171 :     lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               2779         [ +  + ]:        1758627 :     for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               2780                 :                :     {
                               2781         [ +  + ]:         981456 :         if (lockOwners[i].owner == CurrentResourceOwner)
                               2782                 :         724138 :             ic = i;
                               2783         [ +  + ]:         257318 :         else if (lockOwners[i].owner == parent)
                               2784                 :         213270 :             ip = i;
                               2785                 :                :     }
                               2786                 :                : 
                               2787         [ +  + ]:         777171 :     if (ic < 0)
 4862 bruce@momjian.us         2788                 :          53033 :         return;                 /* no current locks */
                               2789                 :                : 
 5204 heikki.linnakangas@i     2790         [ +  + ]:         724138 :     if (ip < 0)
                               2791                 :                :     {
                               2792                 :                :         /* Parent has no slot, so just give it the child's slot */
                               2793                 :         563860 :         lockOwners[ic].owner = parent;
                               2794                 :         563860 :         ResourceOwnerRememberLock(parent, locallock);
                               2795                 :                :     }
                               2796                 :                :     else
                               2797                 :                :     {
                               2798                 :                :         /* Merge child's count with parent's */
                               2799                 :         160278 :         lockOwners[ip].nLocks += lockOwners[ic].nLocks;
                               2800                 :                :         /* compact out unused slot */
                               2801                 :         160278 :         locallock->numLockOwners--;
                               2802         [ +  + ]:         160278 :         if (ic < locallock->numLockOwners)
                               2803                 :            843 :             lockOwners[ic] = lockOwners[locallock->numLockOwners];
                               2804                 :                :     }
                               2805                 :         724138 :     ResourceOwnerForgetLock(CurrentResourceOwner, locallock);
                               2806                 :                : }
                               2807                 :                : 
                               2808                 :                : /*
                               2809                 :                :  * FastPathGrantRelationLock
                               2810                 :                :  *      Grant lock using per-backend fast-path array, if there is space.
                               2811                 :                :  */
                               2812                 :                : static bool
 5542 rhaas@postgresql.org     2813                 :       18965886 : FastPathGrantRelationLock(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
                               2814                 :                : {
                               2815                 :                :     uint32      i;
  565 tomas.vondra@postgre     2816                 :       18965886 :     uint32      unused_slot = FastPathLockSlotsPerBackend();
                               2817                 :                : 
                               2818                 :                :     /* fast-path group the lock belongs to */
  729                          2819                 :       18965886 :     uint32      group = FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(relid);
                               2820                 :                : 
                               2821                 :                :     /* Scan for existing entry for this relid, remembering empty slot. */
                               2822         [ +  + ]:      321550906 :     for (i = 0; i < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; i++)
                               2823                 :                :     {
                               2824                 :                :         /* index into the whole per-backend array */
                               2825   [ -  +  -  + ]:      303261561 :         uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, i);
                               2826                 :                : 
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2827   [ -  +  -  +  :      303261561 :         if (FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(MyProc, f) == 0)
                                              +  + ]
                               2828                 :      296332826 :             unused_slot = f;
                               2829         [ +  + ]:        6928735 :         else if (MyProc->fpRelId[f] == relid)
                               2830                 :                :         {
                               2831   [ -  +  -  +  :         676541 :             Assert(!FAST_PATH_CHECK_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode));
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                           +  -  + ]
                               2832   [ -  +  -  +  :         676541 :             FAST_PATH_SET_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode);
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                                 + ]
                               2833                 :         676541 :             return true;
                               2834                 :                :         }
                               2835                 :                :     }
                               2836                 :                : 
                               2837                 :                :     /* If no existing entry, use any empty slot. */
  565 tomas.vondra@postgre     2838         [ +  - ]:       18289345 :     if (unused_slot < FastPathLockSlotsPerBackend())
                               2839                 :                :     {
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2840                 :       18289345 :         MyProc->fpRelId[unused_slot] = relid;
                               2841   [ -  +  -  +  :       18289345 :         FAST_PATH_SET_LOCKMODE(MyProc, unused_slot, lockmode);
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                                 + ]
  729 tomas.vondra@postgre     2842                 :       18289345 :         ++FastPathLocalUseCounts[group];
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2843                 :       18289345 :         return true;
                               2844                 :                :     }
                               2845                 :                : 
                               2846                 :                :     /* No existing entry, and no empty slot. */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2847                 :UBC           0 :     return false;
                               2848                 :                : }
                               2849                 :                : 
                               2850                 :                : /*
                               2851                 :                :  * FastPathUnGrantRelationLock
                               2852                 :                :  *      Release fast-path lock, if present.  Update backend-private local
                               2853                 :                :  *      use count, while we're at it.
                               2854                 :                :  */
                               2855                 :                : static bool
 5542 rhaas@postgresql.org     2856                 :CBC    19081847 : FastPathUnGrantRelationLock(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
                               2857                 :                : {
                               2858                 :                :     uint32      i;
 5594                          2859                 :       19081847 :     bool        result = false;
                               2860                 :                : 
                               2861                 :                :     /* fast-path group the lock belongs to */
  729 tomas.vondra@postgre     2862                 :       19081847 :     uint32      group = FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(relid);
                               2863                 :                : 
                               2864                 :       19081847 :     FastPathLocalUseCounts[group] = 0;
                               2865         [ +  + ]:      324391399 :     for (i = 0; i < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; i++)
                               2866                 :                :     {
                               2867                 :                :         /* index into the whole per-backend array */
                               2868   [ -  +  -  + ]:      305309552 :         uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, i);
                               2869                 :                : 
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2870         [ +  + ]:      305309552 :         if (MyProc->fpRelId[f] == relid
                               2871   [ -  +  -  +  :       26721433 :             && FAST_PATH_CHECK_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode))
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                           +  +  + ]
                               2872                 :                :         {
                               2873         [ -  + ]:       18964026 :             Assert(!result);
                               2874   [ -  +  -  +  :       18964026 :             FAST_PATH_CLEAR_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode);
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                                 + ]
                               2875                 :       18964026 :             result = true;
                               2876                 :                :             /* we continue iterating so as to update FastPathLocalUseCount */
                               2877                 :                :         }
                               2878   [ -  +  -  +  :      305309552 :         if (FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(MyProc, f) != 0)
                                              +  + ]
  729 tomas.vondra@postgre     2879                 :        8433124 :             ++FastPathLocalUseCounts[group];
                               2880                 :                :     }
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2881                 :       19081847 :     return result;
                               2882                 :                : }
                               2883                 :                : 
                               2884                 :                : /*
                               2885                 :                :  * FastPathTransferRelationLocks
                               2886                 :                :  *      Transfer locks matching the given lock tag from per-backend fast-path
                               2887                 :                :  *      arrays to the shared hash table.
                               2888                 :                :  *
                               2889                 :                :  * Returns true if successful, false if ran out of shared memory.
                               2890                 :                :  */
                               2891                 :                : static bool
 5542                          2892                 :         237668 : FastPathTransferRelationLocks(LockMethod lockMethodTable, const LOCKTAG *locktag,
                               2893                 :                :                               uint32 hashcode)
                               2894                 :                : {
 4619                          2895                 :         237668 :     LWLock     *partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
 5215 bruce@momjian.us         2896                 :         237668 :     Oid         relid = locktag->locktag_field2;
                               2897                 :                :     uint32      i;
                               2898                 :                : 
                               2899                 :                :     /* fast-path group the lock belongs to */
  555 fujii@postgresql.org     2900                 :         237668 :     uint32      group = FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(relid);
                               2901                 :                : 
                               2902                 :                :     /*
                               2903                 :                :      * Every PGPROC that can potentially hold a fast-path lock is present in
                               2904                 :                :      * ProcGlobal->allProcs.  Prepared transactions are not, but any
                               2905                 :                :      * outstanding fast-path locks held by prepared transactions are
                               2906                 :                :      * transferred to the main lock table.
                               2907                 :                :      */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2908         [ +  + ]:       35342223 :     for (i = 0; i < ProcGlobal->allProcCount; i++)
                               2909                 :                :     {
  258 drowley@postgresql.o     2910                 :       35104555 :         PGPROC     *proc = GetPGProcByNumber(i);
                               2911                 :                :         uint32      j;
                               2912                 :                : 
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2913                 :       35104555 :         LWLockAcquire(&proc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2914                 :                : 
                               2915                 :                :         /*
                               2916                 :                :          * If the target backend isn't referencing the same database as the
                               2917                 :                :          * lock, then we needn't examine the individual relation IDs at all;
                               2918                 :                :          * none of them can be relevant.
                               2919                 :                :          *
                               2920                 :                :          * proc->databaseId is set at backend startup time and never changes
                               2921                 :                :          * thereafter, so it might be safe to perform this test before
                               2922                 :                :          * acquiring &proc->fpInfoLock.  In particular, it's certainly safe to
                               2923                 :                :          * assume that if the target backend holds any fast-path locks, it
                               2924                 :                :          * must have performed a memory-fencing operation (in particular, an
                               2925                 :                :          * LWLock acquisition) since setting proc->databaseId.  However, it's
                               2926                 :                :          * less clear that our backend is certain to have performed a memory
                               2927                 :                :          * fencing operation since the other backend set proc->databaseId.  So
                               2928                 :                :          * for now, we test it after acquiring the LWLock just to be safe.
                               2929                 :                :          *
                               2930                 :                :          * Also skip groups without any registered fast-path locks.
                               2931                 :                :          */
  555 fujii@postgresql.org     2932         [ +  + ]:       35104555 :         if (proc->databaseId != locktag->locktag_field1 ||
                               2933         [ +  + ]:       13955632 :             proc->fpLockBits[group] == 0)
                               2934                 :                :         {
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2935                 :       34945173 :             LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2936                 :       34945173 :             continue;
                               2937                 :                :         }
                               2938                 :                : 
  729 tomas.vondra@postgre     2939         [ +  + ]:        2707888 :         for (j = 0; j < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; j++)
                               2940                 :                :         {
                               2941                 :                :             uint32      lockmode;
                               2942                 :                : 
                               2943                 :                :             /* index into the whole per-backend array */
                               2944   [ -  +  -  + ]:        2549983 :             uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, j);
                               2945                 :                : 
                               2946                 :                :             /* Look for an allocated slot matching the given relid. */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2947   [ +  +  -  +  :        2549983 :             if (relid != proc->fpRelId[f] || FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(proc, f) == 0)
                                        -  +  +  + ]
                               2948                 :        2548506 :                 continue;
                               2949                 :                : 
                               2950                 :                :             /* Find or create lock object. */
                               2951                 :           1477 :             LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2952                 :           1477 :             for (lockmode = FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET;
 3378 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2953         [ +  + ]:           5908 :                  lockmode < FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET + FAST_PATH_BITS_PER_SLOT;
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2954                 :           4431 :                  ++lockmode)
                               2955                 :                :             {
                               2956                 :                :                 PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               2957                 :                : 
                               2958   [ -  +  -  +  :           4431 :                 if (!FAST_PATH_CHECK_LOCKMODE(proc, f, lockmode))
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                           +  +  + ]
                               2959                 :           2890 :                     continue;
                               2960                 :           1541 :                 proclock = SetupLockInTable(lockMethodTable, proc, locktag,
                               2961                 :                :                                             hashcode, lockmode);
                               2962         [ -  + ]:           1541 :                 if (!proclock)
                               2963                 :                :                 {
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2964                 :UBC           0 :                     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2965                 :              0 :                     LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2966                 :              0 :                     return false;
                               2967                 :                :                 }
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2968                 :CBC        1541 :                 GrantLock(proclock->tag.myLock, proclock, lockmode);
                               2969   [ -  +  -  +  :           1541 :                 FAST_PATH_CLEAR_LOCKMODE(proc, f, lockmode);
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                                 + ]
                               2970                 :                :             }
                               2971                 :           1477 :             LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               2972                 :                : 
                               2973                 :                :             /* No need to examine remaining slots. */
 4680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2974                 :           1477 :             break;
                               2975                 :                :         }
 2319                          2976                 :         159382 :         LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
                               2977                 :                :     }
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     2978                 :         237668 :     return true;
                               2979                 :                : }
                               2980                 :                : 
                               2981                 :                : /*
                               2982                 :                :  * FastPathGetRelationLockEntry
                               2983                 :                :  *      Return the PROCLOCK for a lock originally taken via the fast-path,
                               2984                 :                :  *      transferring it to the primary lock table if necessary.
                               2985                 :                :  *
                               2986                 :                :  * Note: caller takes care of updating the locallock object.
                               2987                 :                :  */
                               2988                 :                : static PROCLOCK *
 5542                          2989                 :            335 : FastPathGetRelationLockEntry(LOCALLOCK *locallock)
                               2990                 :                : {
 5215 bruce@momjian.us         2991                 :            335 :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable = LockMethods[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD];
                               2992                 :            335 :     LOCKTAG    *locktag = &locallock->tag.lock;
                               2993                 :            335 :     PROCLOCK   *proclock = NULL;
 4619 rhaas@postgresql.org     2994                 :            335 :     LWLock     *partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(locallock->hashcode);
 5215 bruce@momjian.us         2995                 :            335 :     Oid         relid = locktag->locktag_field2;
                               2996                 :                :     uint32      i,
                               2997                 :                :                 group;
                               2998                 :                : 
                               2999                 :                :     /* fast-path group the lock belongs to */
  729 tomas.vondra@postgre     3000                 :            335 :     group = FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(relid);
                               3001                 :                : 
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3002                 :            335 :     LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               3003                 :                : 
  729 tomas.vondra@postgre     3004         [ +  + ]:           5370 :     for (i = 0; i < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; i++)
                               3005                 :                :     {
                               3006                 :                :         uint32      lockmode;
                               3007                 :                : 
                               3008                 :                :         /* index into the whole per-backend array */
                               3009   [ -  +  -  + ]:           5354 :         uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, i);
                               3010                 :                : 
                               3011                 :                :         /* Look for an allocated slot matching the given relid. */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3012   [ +  +  -  +  :           5354 :         if (relid != MyProc->fpRelId[f] || FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(MyProc, f) == 0)
                                        -  +  +  + ]
                               3013                 :           5035 :             continue;
                               3014                 :                : 
                               3015                 :                :         /* If we don't have a lock of the given mode, forget it! */
                               3016                 :            319 :         lockmode = locallock->tag.mode;
                               3017   [ -  +  -  +  :            319 :         if (!FAST_PATH_CHECK_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode))
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                           +  -  + ]
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3018                 :UBC           0 :             break;
                               3019                 :                : 
                               3020                 :                :         /* Find or create lock object. */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3021                 :CBC         319 :         LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               3022                 :                : 
                               3023                 :            319 :         proclock = SetupLockInTable(lockMethodTable, MyProc, locktag,
                               3024                 :                :                                     locallock->hashcode, lockmode);
                               3025         [ -  + ]:            319 :         if (!proclock)
                               3026                 :                :         {
 5003 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3027                 :UBC           0 :             LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 2319                          3028                 :              0 :             LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3029         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               3030                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               3031                 :                :                      errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               3032                 :                :                      errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               3033                 :                :         }
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3034                 :CBC         319 :         GrantLock(proclock->tag.myLock, proclock, lockmode);
                               3035   [ -  +  -  +  :            319 :         FAST_PATH_CLEAR_LOCKMODE(MyProc, f, lockmode);
                                     -  +  -  +  -  
                                                 + ]
                               3036                 :                : 
                               3037                 :            319 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3038                 :                : 
                               3039                 :                :         /* No need to examine remaining slots. */
 4680 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3040                 :            319 :         break;
                               3041                 :                :     }
                               3042                 :                : 
 2319                          3043                 :            335 :     LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
                               3044                 :                : 
                               3045                 :                :     /* Lock may have already been transferred by some other backend. */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3046         [ +  + ]:            335 :     if (proclock == NULL)
                               3047                 :                :     {
                               3048                 :                :         LOCK       *lock;
                               3049                 :                :         PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               3050                 :                :         uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               3051                 :                : 
                               3052                 :             16 :         LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_SHARED);
                               3053                 :                : 
                               3054                 :             16 :         lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               3055                 :                :                                                     locktag,
                               3056                 :                :                                                     locallock->hashcode,
                               3057                 :                :                                                     HASH_FIND,
                               3058                 :                :                                                     NULL);
                               3059         [ -  + ]:             16 :         if (!lock)
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3060         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "failed to re-find shared lock object");
                               3061                 :                : 
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3062                 :CBC          16 :         proclocktag.myLock = lock;
                               3063                 :             16 :         proclocktag.myProc = MyProc;
                               3064                 :                : 
                               3065                 :             16 :         proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclocktag, locallock->hashcode);
                               3066                 :                :         proclock = (PROCLOCK *)
                               3067                 :             16 :             hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               3068                 :                :                                         &proclocktag,
                               3069                 :                :                                         proclock_hashcode,
                               3070                 :                :                                         HASH_FIND,
                               3071                 :                :                                         NULL);
                               3072         [ -  + ]:             16 :         if (!proclock)
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3073         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "failed to re-find shared proclock object");
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3074                 :CBC          16 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3075                 :                :     }
                               3076                 :                : 
                               3077                 :            335 :     return proclock;
                               3078                 :                : }
                               3079                 :                : 
                               3080                 :                : /*
                               3081                 :                :  * GetLockConflicts
                               3082                 :                :  *      Get an array of VirtualTransactionIds of xacts currently holding locks
                               3083                 :                :  *      that would conflict with the specified lock/lockmode.
                               3084                 :                :  *      xacts merely awaiting such a lock are NOT reported.
                               3085                 :                :  *
                               3086                 :                :  * The result array is palloc'd and is terminated with an invalid VXID.
                               3087                 :                :  * *countp, if not null, is updated to the number of items set.
                               3088                 :                :  *
                               3089                 :                :  * Of course, the result could be out of date by the time it's returned, so
                               3090                 :                :  * use of this function has to be thought about carefully.  Similarly, a
                               3091                 :                :  * PGPROC with no "lxid" will be considered non-conflicting regardless of any
                               3092                 :                :  * lock it holds.  Existing callers don't care about a locker after that
                               3093                 :                :  * locker's pg_xact updates complete.  CommitTransaction() clears "lxid" after
                               3094                 :                :  * pg_xact updates and before releasing locks.
                               3095                 :                :  *
                               3096                 :                :  * Note we never include the current xact's vxid in the result array,
                               3097                 :                :  * since an xact never blocks itself.
                               3098                 :                :  */
                               3099                 :                : VirtualTransactionId *
 2728 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3100                 :           1802 : GetLockConflicts(const LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode, int *countp)
                               3101                 :                : {
                               3102                 :                :     static VirtualTransactionId *vxids;
 7329 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3103                 :           1802 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               3104                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                               3105                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               3106                 :                :     LOCKMASK    conflictMask;
                               3107                 :                :     dlist_iter  proclock_iter;
                               3108                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               3109                 :                :     uint32      hashcode;
                               3110                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
 6955                          3111                 :           1802 :     int         count = 0;
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3112                 :           1802 :     int         fast_count = 0;
                               3113                 :                : 
 7329 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3114   [ +  -  -  + ]:           1802 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7329 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3115         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7329 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3116                 :CBC        1802 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                               3117   [ +  -  -  + ]:           1802 :     if (lockmode <= 0 || lockmode > lockMethodTable->numLockModes)
 7329 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3118         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock mode: %d", lockmode);
                               3119                 :                : 
                               3120                 :                :     /*
                               3121                 :                :      * Allocate memory to store results, and fill with InvalidVXID.  We only
                               3122                 :                :      * need enough space for MaxBackends + max_prepared_xacts + a terminator.
                               3123                 :                :      * InHotStandby allocate once in TopMemoryContext.
                               3124                 :                :      */
 6078 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     3125         [ +  + ]:CBC        1802 :     if (InHotStandby)
                               3126                 :                :     {
 6079                          3127         [ +  + ]:              4 :         if (vxids == NULL)
                               3128                 :              1 :             vxids = (VirtualTransactionId *)
 6078                          3129                 :              1 :                 MemoryContextAlloc(TopMemoryContext,
                               3130                 :                :                                    sizeof(VirtualTransactionId) *
 1622 rhaas@postgresql.org     3131                 :              1 :                                    (MaxBackends + max_prepared_xacts + 1));
                               3132                 :                :     }
                               3133                 :                :     else
  284 michael@paquier.xyz      3134                 :           1798 :         vxids = palloc0_array(VirtualTransactionId, (MaxBackends + max_prepared_xacts + 1));
                               3135                 :                : 
                               3136                 :                :     /* Compute hash code and partition lock, and look up conflicting modes. */
 7329 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3137                 :           1802 :     hashcode = LockTagHashCode(locktag);
                               3138                 :           1802 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3139                 :           1802 :     conflictMask = lockMethodTable->conflictTab[lockmode];
                               3140                 :                : 
                               3141                 :                :     /*
                               3142                 :                :      * Fast path locks might not have been entered in the primary lock table.
                               3143                 :                :      * If the lock we're dealing with could conflict with such a lock, we must
                               3144                 :                :      * examine each backend's fast-path array for conflicts.
                               3145                 :                :      */
 5226                          3146   [ +  -  +  -  :           1802 :     if (ConflictsWithRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode))
                                        +  -  +  - ]
                               3147                 :                :     {
 5594                          3148                 :           1802 :         Oid         relid = locktag->locktag_field2;
                               3149                 :                :         VirtualTransactionId vxid;
                               3150                 :                : 
                               3151                 :                :         /* fast-path group the lock belongs to */
  555 fujii@postgresql.org     3152                 :           1802 :         uint32      group = FAST_PATH_REL_GROUP(relid);
                               3153                 :                : 
                               3154                 :                :         /*
                               3155                 :                :          * Iterate over relevant PGPROCs.  Anything held by a prepared
                               3156                 :                :          * transaction will have been transferred to the primary lock table,
                               3157                 :                :          * so we need not worry about those.  This is all a bit fuzzy, because
                               3158                 :                :          * new locks could be taken after we've visited a particular
                               3159                 :                :          * partition, but the callers had better be prepared to deal with that
                               3160                 :                :          * anyway, since the locks could equally well be taken between the
                               3161                 :                :          * time we return the value and the time the caller does something
                               3162                 :                :          * with it.
                               3163                 :                :          */
   71 peter@eisentraut.org     3164         [ +  + ]:GNC      285232 :         for (uint32 i = 0; i < ProcGlobal->allProcCount; i++)
                               3165                 :                :         {
  258 drowley@postgresql.o     3166                 :CBC      283430 :             PGPROC     *proc = GetPGProcByNumber(i);
                               3167                 :                :             uint32      j;
                               3168                 :                : 
                               3169                 :                :             /* A backend never blocks itself */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3170         [ +  + ]:         283430 :             if (proc == MyProc)
                               3171                 :           1802 :                 continue;
                               3172                 :                : 
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3173                 :         281628 :             LWLockAcquire(&proc->fpInfoLock, LW_SHARED);
                               3174                 :                : 
                               3175                 :                :             /*
                               3176                 :                :              * If the target backend isn't referencing the same database as
                               3177                 :                :              * the lock, then we needn't examine the individual relation IDs
                               3178                 :                :              * at all; none of them can be relevant.
                               3179                 :                :              *
                               3180                 :                :              * See FastPathTransferRelationLocks() for discussion of why we do
                               3181                 :                :              * this test after acquiring the lock.
                               3182                 :                :              *
                               3183                 :                :              * Also skip groups without any registered fast-path locks.
                               3184                 :                :              */
  555 fujii@postgresql.org     3185         [ +  + ]:         281628 :             if (proc->databaseId != locktag->locktag_field1 ||
                               3186         [ +  + ]:         118140 :                 proc->fpLockBits[group] == 0)
                               3187                 :                :             {
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3188                 :         281165 :                 LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3189                 :         281165 :                 continue;
                               3190                 :                :             }
                               3191                 :                : 
  729 tomas.vondra@postgre     3192         [ +  + ]:           7647 :             for (j = 0; j < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; j++)
                               3193                 :                :             {
                               3194                 :                :                 uint32      lockmask;
                               3195                 :                : 
                               3196                 :                :                 /* index into the whole per-backend array */
                               3197   [ -  +  -  + ]:           7408 :                 uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(group, j);
                               3198                 :                : 
                               3199                 :                :                 /* Look for an allocated slot matching the given relid. */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3200         [ +  + ]:           7408 :                 if (relid != proc->fpRelId[f])
                               3201                 :           7184 :                     continue;
                               3202   [ -  +  -  + ]:            224 :                 lockmask = FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(proc, f);
                               3203         [ -  + ]:            224 :                 if (!lockmask)
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3204                 :UBC           0 :                     continue;
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3205                 :CBC         224 :                 lockmask <<= FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET;
                               3206                 :                : 
                               3207                 :                :                 /*
                               3208                 :                :                  * There can only be one entry per relation, so if we found it
                               3209                 :                :                  * and it doesn't conflict, we can skip the rest of the slots.
                               3210                 :                :                  */
                               3211         [ +  + ]:            224 :                 if ((lockmask & conflictMask) == 0)
                               3212                 :              5 :                     break;
                               3213                 :                : 
                               3214                 :                :                 /* Conflict! */
                               3215                 :            219 :                 GET_VXID_FROM_PGPROC(vxid, *proc);
                               3216                 :                : 
                               3217         [ +  + ]:            219 :                 if (VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(vxid))
                               3218                 :            218 :                     vxids[count++] = vxid;
                               3219                 :                :                 /* else, xact already committed or aborted */
                               3220                 :                : 
                               3221                 :                :                 /* No need to examine remaining slots. */
                               3222                 :            219 :                 break;
                               3223                 :                :             }
                               3224                 :                : 
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3225                 :            463 :             LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
                               3226                 :                :         }
                               3227                 :                :     }
                               3228                 :                : 
                               3229                 :                :     /* Remember how many fast-path conflicts we found. */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3230                 :           1802 :     fast_count = count;
                               3231                 :                : 
                               3232                 :                :     /*
                               3233                 :                :      * Look up the lock object matching the tag.
                               3234                 :                :      */
 7329 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3235                 :           1802 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_SHARED);
                               3236                 :                : 
                               3237                 :           1802 :     lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               3238                 :                :                                                 locktag,
                               3239                 :                :                                                 hashcode,
                               3240                 :                :                                                 HASH_FIND,
                               3241                 :                :                                                 NULL);
                               3242         [ +  + ]:           1802 :     if (!lock)
                               3243                 :                :     {
                               3244                 :                :         /*
                               3245                 :                :          * If the lock object doesn't exist, there is nothing holding a lock
                               3246                 :                :          * on this lockable object.
                               3247                 :                :          */
                               3248                 :             73 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     3249                 :             73 :         vxids[count].procNumber = INVALID_PROC_NUMBER;
 4252 andres@anarazel.de       3250                 :             73 :         vxids[count].localTransactionId = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
 2728 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3251         [ -  + ]:             73 :         if (countp)
 2728 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3252                 :UBC           0 :             *countp = count;
 6955 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3253                 :CBC          73 :         return vxids;
                               3254                 :                :     }
                               3255                 :                : 
                               3256                 :                :     /*
                               3257                 :                :      * Examine each existing holder (or awaiter) of the lock.
                               3258                 :                :      */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       3259   [ +  -  +  + ]:           3473 :     dlist_foreach(proclock_iter, &lock->procLocks)
                               3260                 :                :     {
                               3261                 :           1744 :         proclock = dlist_container(PROCLOCK, lockLink, proclock_iter.cur);
                               3262                 :                : 
 7329 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3263         [ +  + ]:           1744 :         if (conflictMask & proclock->holdMask)
                               3264                 :                :         {
 7291 bruce@momjian.us         3265                 :           1740 :             PGPROC     *proc = proclock->tag.myProc;
                               3266                 :                : 
                               3267                 :                :             /* A backend never blocks itself */
 7329 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3268         [ +  + ]:           1740 :             if (proc != MyProc)
                               3269                 :                :             {
                               3270                 :                :                 VirtualTransactionId vxid;
                               3271                 :                : 
 6955                          3272                 :             15 :                 GET_VXID_FROM_PGPROC(vxid, *proc);
                               3273                 :                : 
                               3274         [ +  - ]:             15 :                 if (VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(vxid))
                               3275                 :                :                 {
                               3276                 :                :                     int         i;
                               3277                 :                : 
                               3278                 :                :                     /* Avoid duplicate entries. */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3279         [ +  + ]:             20 :                     for (i = 0; i < fast_count; ++i)
                               3280   [ -  +  -  - ]:              5 :                         if (VirtualTransactionIdEquals(vxids[i], vxid))
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3281                 :UBC           0 :                             break;
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3282         [ +  - ]:CBC          15 :                     if (i >= fast_count)
                               3283                 :             15 :                         vxids[count++] = vxid;
                               3284                 :                :                 }
                               3285                 :                :                 /* else, xact already committed or aborted */
                               3286                 :                :             }
                               3287                 :                :         }
                               3288                 :                :     }
                               3289                 :                : 
 7329 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3290                 :           1729 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3291                 :                : 
 1622 rhaas@postgresql.org     3292         [ -  + ]:           1729 :     if (count > MaxBackends + max_prepared_xacts)    /* should never happen */
 6955 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3293         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(PANIC, "too many conflicting locks found");
                               3294                 :                : 
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     3295                 :CBC        1729 :     vxids[count].procNumber = INVALID_PROC_NUMBER;
 4252 andres@anarazel.de       3296                 :           1729 :     vxids[count].localTransactionId = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
 2728 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3297         [ +  + ]:           1729 :     if (countp)
                               3298                 :           1726 :         *countp = count;
 6955 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3299                 :           1729 :     return vxids;
                               3300                 :                : }
                               3301                 :                : 
                               3302                 :                : /*
                               3303                 :                :  * Find a lock in the shared lock table and release it.  It is the caller's
                               3304                 :                :  * responsibility to verify that this is a sane thing to do.  (For example, it
                               3305                 :                :  * would be bad to release a lock here if there might still be a LOCALLOCK
                               3306                 :                :  * object with pointers to it.)
                               3307                 :                :  *
                               3308                 :                :  * We currently use this in two situations: first, to release locks held by
                               3309                 :                :  * prepared transactions on commit (see lock_twophase_postcommit); and second,
                               3310                 :                :  * to release locks taken via the fast-path, transferred to the main hash
                               3311                 :                :  * table, and then released (see LockReleaseAll).
                               3312                 :                :  */
                               3313                 :                : static void
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3314                 :           2685 : LockRefindAndRelease(LockMethod lockMethodTable, PGPROC *proc,
                               3315                 :                :                      LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode,
                               3316                 :                :                      bool decrement_strong_lock_count)
                               3317                 :                : {
                               3318                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               3319                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               3320                 :                :     PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               3321                 :                :     uint32      hashcode;
                               3322                 :                :     uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               3323                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                               3324                 :                :     bool        wakeupNeeded;
                               3325                 :                : 
                               3326                 :           2685 :     hashcode = LockTagHashCode(locktag);
                               3327                 :           2685 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
                               3328                 :                : 
                               3329                 :           2685 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               3330                 :                : 
                               3331                 :                :     /*
                               3332                 :                :      * Re-find the lock object (it had better be there).
                               3333                 :                :      */
                               3334                 :           2685 :     lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               3335                 :                :                                                 locktag,
                               3336                 :                :                                                 hashcode,
                               3337                 :                :                                                 HASH_FIND,
                               3338                 :                :                                                 NULL);
                               3339         [ -  + ]:           2685 :     if (!lock)
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3340         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(PANIC, "failed to re-find shared lock object");
                               3341                 :                : 
                               3342                 :                :     /*
                               3343                 :                :      * Re-find the proclock object (ditto).
                               3344                 :                :      */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3345                 :CBC        2685 :     proclocktag.myLock = lock;
                               3346                 :           2685 :     proclocktag.myProc = proc;
                               3347                 :                : 
                               3348                 :           2685 :     proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclocktag, hashcode);
                               3349                 :                : 
                               3350                 :           2685 :     proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               3351                 :                :                                                         &proclocktag,
                               3352                 :                :                                                         proclock_hashcode,
                               3353                 :                :                                                         HASH_FIND,
                               3354                 :                :                                                         NULL);
                               3355         [ -  + ]:           2685 :     if (!proclock)
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3356         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(PANIC, "failed to re-find shared proclock object");
                               3357                 :                : 
                               3358                 :                :     /*
                               3359                 :                :      * Double-check that we are actually holding a lock of the type we want to
                               3360                 :                :      * release.
                               3361                 :                :      */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3362         [ -  + ]:CBC        2685 :     if (!(proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode)))
                               3363                 :                :     {
                               3364                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("lock_twophase_postcommit: WRONGTYPE", proclock);
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3365                 :UBC           0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3366         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(WARNING, "you don't own a lock of type %s",
                               3367                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode]);
                               3368                 :              0 :         return;
                               3369                 :                :     }
                               3370                 :                : 
                               3371                 :                :     /*
                               3372                 :                :      * Do the releasing.  CleanUpLock will waken any now-wakable waiters.
                               3373                 :                :      */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3374                 :CBC        2685 :     wakeupNeeded = UnGrantLock(lock, lockmode, proclock, lockMethodTable);
                               3375                 :                : 
                               3376                 :           2685 :     CleanUpLock(lock, proclock,
                               3377                 :                :                 lockMethodTable, hashcode,
                               3378                 :                :                 wakeupNeeded);
                               3379                 :                : 
                               3380                 :           2685 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3381                 :                : 
                               3382                 :                :     /*
                               3383                 :                :      * Decrement strong lock count.  This logic is needed only for 2PC.
                               3384                 :                :      */
                               3385         [ +  + ]:           2685 :     if (decrement_strong_lock_count
 4441                          3386   [ +  -  +  +  :            876 :         && ConflictsWithRelationFastPath(locktag, lockmode))
                                        +  -  +  + ]
                               3387                 :                :     {
 5215 bruce@momjian.us         3388                 :            111 :         uint32      fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               3389                 :                : 
   16 nathan@postgresql.or     3390         [ -  + ]:GNC         111 :         Assert(pg_atomic_read_u32(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks[fasthashcode]) > 0);
                               3391                 :            111 :         pg_atomic_fetch_sub_u32(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks[fasthashcode], 1);
                               3392                 :                :     }
                               3393                 :                : }
                               3394                 :                : 
                               3395                 :                : /*
                               3396                 :                :  * CheckForSessionAndXactLocks
                               3397                 :                :  *      Check to see if transaction holds both session-level and xact-level
                               3398                 :                :  *      locks on the same object; if so, throw an error.
                               3399                 :                :  *
                               3400                 :                :  * If we have both session- and transaction-level locks on the same object,
                               3401                 :                :  * PREPARE TRANSACTION must fail.  This should never happen with regular
                               3402                 :                :  * locks, since we only take those at session level in some special operations
                               3403                 :                :  * like VACUUM.  It's possible to hit this with advisory locks, though.
                               3404                 :                :  *
                               3405                 :                :  * It would be nice if we could keep the session hold and give away the
                               3406                 :                :  * transactional hold to the prepared xact.  However, that would require two
                               3407                 :                :  * PROCLOCK objects, and we cannot be sure that another PROCLOCK will be
                               3408                 :                :  * available when it comes time for PostPrepare_Locks to do the deed.
                               3409                 :                :  * So for now, we error out while we can still do so safely.
                               3410                 :                :  *
                               3411                 :                :  * Since the LOCALLOCK table stores a separate entry for each lockmode,
                               3412                 :                :  * we can't implement this check by examining LOCALLOCK entries in isolation.
                               3413                 :                :  * We must build a transient hashtable that is indexed by locktag only.
                               3414                 :                :  */
                               3415                 :                : static void
 1884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3416                 :CBC         309 : CheckForSessionAndXactLocks(void)
                               3417                 :                : {
                               3418                 :                :     typedef struct
                               3419                 :                :     {
                               3420                 :                :         LOCKTAG     lock;       /* identifies the lockable object */
                               3421                 :                :         bool        sessLock;   /* is any lockmode held at session level? */
                               3422                 :                :         bool        xactLock;   /* is any lockmode held at xact level? */
                               3423                 :                :     } PerLockTagEntry;
                               3424                 :                : 
                               3425                 :                :     HASHCTL     hash_ctl;
                               3426                 :                :     HTAB       *lockhtab;
                               3427                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               3428                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               3429                 :                : 
                               3430                 :                :     /* Create a local hash table keyed by LOCKTAG only */
                               3431                 :            309 :     hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(LOCKTAG);
                               3432                 :            309 :     hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(PerLockTagEntry);
                               3433                 :            309 :     hash_ctl.hcxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
                               3434                 :                : 
                               3435                 :            309 :     lockhtab = hash_create("CheckForSessionAndXactLocks table",
                               3436                 :                :                            256, /* arbitrary initial size */
                               3437                 :                :                            &hash_ctl,
                               3438                 :                :                            HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT);
                               3439                 :                : 
                               3440                 :                :     /* Scan local lock table to find entries for each LOCKTAG */
                               3441                 :            309 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               3442                 :                : 
                               3443         [ +  + ]:           1172 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               3444                 :                :     {
                               3445                 :            865 :         LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               3446                 :                :         PerLockTagEntry *hentry;
                               3447                 :                :         bool        found;
                               3448                 :                :         int         i;
                               3449                 :                : 
                               3450                 :                :         /*
                               3451                 :                :          * Ignore VXID locks.  We don't want those to be held by prepared
                               3452                 :                :          * transactions, since they aren't meaningful after a restart.
                               3453                 :                :          */
                               3454         [ -  + ]:            865 :         if (locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type == LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION)
 1884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3455                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               3456                 :                : 
                               3457                 :                :         /* Ignore it if we don't actually hold the lock */
 1884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3458         [ -  + ]:CBC         865 :         if (locallock->nLocks <= 0)
 1884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3459                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               3460                 :                : 
                               3461                 :                :         /* Otherwise, find or make an entry in lockhtab */
 1884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3462                 :CBC         865 :         hentry = (PerLockTagEntry *) hash_search(lockhtab,
 1322 peter@eisentraut.org     3463                 :            865 :                                                  &locallock->tag.lock,
                               3464                 :                :                                                  HASH_ENTER, &found);
 1884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3465         [ +  + ]:            865 :         if (!found)             /* initialize, if newly created */
                               3466                 :            781 :             hentry->sessLock = hentry->xactLock = false;
                               3467                 :                : 
                               3468                 :                :         /* Scan to see if we hold lock at session or xact level or both */
                               3469         [ +  + ]:           1730 :         for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               3470                 :                :         {
                               3471         [ +  + ]:            865 :             if (lockOwners[i].owner == NULL)
                               3472                 :             10 :                 hentry->sessLock = true;
                               3473                 :                :             else
                               3474                 :            855 :                 hentry->xactLock = true;
                               3475                 :                :         }
                               3476                 :                : 
                               3477                 :                :         /*
                               3478                 :                :          * We can throw error immediately when we see both types of locks; no
                               3479                 :                :          * need to wait around to see if there are more violations.
                               3480                 :                :          */
                               3481   [ +  +  +  + ]:            865 :         if (hentry->sessLock && hentry->xactLock)
                               3482         [ +  - ]:              2 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               3483                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                               3484                 :                :                      errmsg("cannot PREPARE while holding both session-level and transaction-level locks on the same object")));
                               3485                 :                :     }
                               3486                 :                : 
                               3487                 :                :     /* Success, so clean up */
                               3488                 :            307 :     hash_destroy(lockhtab);
                               3489                 :            307 : }
                               3490                 :                : 
                               3491                 :                : /*
                               3492                 :                :  * AtPrepare_Locks
                               3493                 :                :  *      Do the preparatory work for a PREPARE: make 2PC state file records
                               3494                 :                :  *      for all locks currently held.
                               3495                 :                :  *
                               3496                 :                :  * Session-level locks are ignored, as are VXID locks.
                               3497                 :                :  *
                               3498                 :                :  * For the most part, we don't need to touch shared memory for this ---
                               3499                 :                :  * all the necessary state information is in the locallock table.
                               3500                 :                :  * Fast-path locks are an exception, however: we move any such locks to
                               3501                 :                :  * the main table before allowing PREPARE TRANSACTION to succeed.
                               3502                 :                :  */
                               3503                 :                : void
 7765                          3504                 :            309 : AtPrepare_Locks(void)
                               3505                 :                : {
                               3506                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               3507                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               3508                 :                : 
                               3509                 :                :     /* First, verify there aren't locks of both xact and session level */
 1884                          3510                 :            309 :     CheckForSessionAndXactLocks();
                               3511                 :                : 
                               3512                 :                :     /* Now do the per-locallock cleanup work */
 7590                          3513                 :            307 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               3514                 :                : 
 7765                          3515         [ +  + ]:           1166 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               3516                 :                :     {
                               3517                 :                :         TwoPhaseLockRecord record;
                               3518                 :            859 :         LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               3519                 :                :         bool        haveSessionLock;
                               3520                 :                :         bool        haveXactLock;
                               3521                 :                :         int         i;
                               3522                 :                : 
                               3523                 :                :         /*
                               3524                 :                :          * Ignore VXID locks.  We don't want those to be held by prepared
                               3525                 :                :          * transactions, since they aren't meaningful after a restart.
                               3526                 :                :          */
 6955                          3527         [ -  + ]:            859 :         if (locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type == LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION)
                               3528                 :              8 :             continue;
                               3529                 :                : 
                               3530                 :                :         /* Ignore it if we don't actually hold the lock */
 7765                          3531         [ -  + ]:            859 :         if (locallock->nLocks <= 0)
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3532                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               3533                 :                : 
                               3534                 :                :         /* Scan to see whether we hold it at session or transaction level */
 5252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3535                 :CBC         859 :         haveSessionLock = haveXactLock = false;
 7765                          3536         [ +  + ]:           1718 :         for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               3537                 :                :         {
                               3538         [ +  + ]:            859 :             if (lockOwners[i].owner == NULL)
 5252                          3539                 :              8 :                 haveSessionLock = true;
                               3540                 :                :             else
                               3541                 :            851 :                 haveXactLock = true;
                               3542                 :                :         }
                               3543                 :                : 
                               3544                 :                :         /* Ignore it if we have only session lock */
                               3545         [ +  + ]:            859 :         if (!haveXactLock)
                               3546                 :              8 :             continue;
                               3547                 :                : 
                               3548                 :                :         /* This can't happen, because we already checked it */
                               3549         [ -  + ]:            851 :         if (haveSessionLock)
 5252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3550         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               3551                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                               3552                 :                :                      errmsg("cannot PREPARE while holding both session-level and transaction-level locks on the same object")));
                               3553                 :                : 
                               3554                 :                :         /*
                               3555                 :                :          * If the local lock was taken via the fast-path, we need to move it
                               3556                 :                :          * to the primary lock table, or just get a pointer to the existing
                               3557                 :                :          * primary lock table entry if by chance it's already been
                               3558                 :                :          * transferred.
                               3559                 :                :          */
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3560         [ +  + ]:CBC         851 :         if (locallock->proclock == NULL)
                               3561                 :                :         {
 5542                          3562                 :            335 :             locallock->proclock = FastPathGetRelationLockEntry(locallock);
 5594                          3563                 :            335 :             locallock->lock = locallock->proclock->tag.myLock;
                               3564                 :                :         }
                               3565                 :                : 
                               3566                 :                :         /*
                               3567                 :                :          * Arrange to not release any strong lock count held by this lock
                               3568                 :                :          * entry.  We must retain the count until the prepared transaction is
                               3569                 :                :          * committed or rolled back.
                               3570                 :                :          */
 3322 peter_e@gmx.net          3571                 :            851 :         locallock->holdsStrongLockCount = false;
                               3572                 :                : 
                               3573                 :                :         /*
                               3574                 :                :          * Create a 2PC record.
                               3575                 :                :          */
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3576                 :            851 :         memcpy(&(record.locktag), &(locallock->tag.lock), sizeof(LOCKTAG));
                               3577                 :            851 :         record.lockmode = locallock->tag.mode;
                               3578                 :                : 
                               3579                 :            851 :         RegisterTwoPhaseRecord(TWOPHASE_RM_LOCK_ID, 0,
                               3580                 :                :                                &record, sizeof(TwoPhaseLockRecord));
                               3581                 :                :     }
                               3582                 :            307 : }
                               3583                 :                : 
                               3584                 :                : /*
                               3585                 :                :  * PostPrepare_Locks
                               3586                 :                :  *      Clean up after successful PREPARE
                               3587                 :                :  *
                               3588                 :                :  * Here, we want to transfer ownership of our locks to a dummy PGPROC
                               3589                 :                :  * that's now associated with the prepared transaction, and we want to
                               3590                 :                :  * clean out the corresponding entries in the LOCALLOCK table.
                               3591                 :                :  *
                               3592                 :                :  * Note: by removing the LOCALLOCK entries, we are leaving dangling
                               3593                 :                :  * pointers in the transaction's resource owner.  This is OK at the
                               3594                 :                :  * moment since resowner.c doesn't try to free locks retail at a toplevel
                               3595                 :                :  * transaction commit or abort.  We could alternatively zero out nLocks
                               3596                 :                :  * and leave the LOCALLOCK entries to be garbage-collected by LockReleaseAll,
                               3597                 :                :  * but that probably costs more cycles.
                               3598                 :                :  */
                               3599                 :                : void
  440 michael@paquier.xyz      3600                 :            307 : PostPrepare_Locks(FullTransactionId fxid)
                               3601                 :                : {
                               3602                 :            307 :     PGPROC     *newproc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(fxid, false);
                               3603                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               3604                 :                :     LOCALLOCK  *locallock;
                               3605                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               3606                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               3607                 :                :     PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               3608                 :                :     int         partition;
                               3609                 :                : 
                               3610                 :                :     /* Can't prepare a lock group follower. */
 3878 rhaas@postgresql.org     3611   [ -  +  -  - ]:            307 :     Assert(MyProc->lockGroupLeader == NULL ||
                               3612                 :                :            MyProc->lockGroupLeader == MyProc);
                               3613                 :                : 
                               3614                 :                :     /* This is a critical section: any error means big trouble */
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3615                 :            307 :     START_CRIT_SECTION();
                               3616                 :                : 
                               3617                 :                :     /*
                               3618                 :                :      * First we run through the locallock table and get rid of unwanted
                               3619                 :                :      * entries, then we scan the process's proclocks and transfer them to the
                               3620                 :                :      * target proc.
                               3621                 :                :      *
                               3622                 :                :      * We do this separately because we may have multiple locallock entries
                               3623                 :                :      * pointing to the same proclock, and we daren't end up with any dangling
                               3624                 :                :      * pointers.
                               3625                 :                :      */
 7590                          3626                 :            307 :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodLocalHash);
                               3627                 :                : 
 7765                          3628         [ +  + ]:           1166 :     while ((locallock = (LOCALLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               3629                 :                :     {
 5252                          3630                 :            859 :         LOCALLOCKOWNER *lockOwners = locallock->lockOwners;
                               3631                 :                :         bool        haveSessionLock;
                               3632                 :                :         bool        haveXactLock;
                               3633                 :                :         int         i;
                               3634                 :                : 
 7765                          3635   [ +  -  -  + ]:            859 :         if (locallock->proclock == NULL || locallock->lock == NULL)
                               3636                 :                :         {
                               3637                 :                :             /*
                               3638                 :                :              * We must've run out of shared memory while trying to set up this
                               3639                 :                :              * lock.  Just forget the local entry.
                               3640                 :                :              */
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3641         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             Assert(locallock->nLocks == 0);
                               3642                 :              0 :             RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               3643                 :              0 :             continue;
                               3644                 :                :         }
                               3645                 :                : 
                               3646                 :                :         /* Ignore VXID locks */
 6955 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3647         [ -  + ]:CBC         859 :         if (locallock->tag.lock.locktag_type == LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION)
 6955 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3648                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               3649                 :                : 
                               3650                 :                :         /* Scan to see whether we hold it at session or transaction level */
 5252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3651                 :CBC         859 :         haveSessionLock = haveXactLock = false;
                               3652         [ +  + ]:           1718 :         for (i = locallock->numLockOwners - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                               3653                 :                :         {
                               3654         [ +  + ]:            859 :             if (lockOwners[i].owner == NULL)
                               3655                 :              8 :                 haveSessionLock = true;
                               3656                 :                :             else
                               3657                 :            851 :                 haveXactLock = true;
                               3658                 :                :         }
                               3659                 :                : 
                               3660                 :                :         /* Ignore it if we have only session lock */
                               3661         [ +  + ]:            859 :         if (!haveXactLock)
                               3662                 :              8 :             continue;
                               3663                 :                : 
                               3664                 :                :         /* This can't happen, because we already checked it */
                               3665         [ -  + ]:            851 :         if (haveSessionLock)
 5252 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3666         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(PANIC,
                               3667                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                               3668                 :                :                      errmsg("cannot PREPARE while holding both session-level and transaction-level locks on the same object")));
                               3669                 :                : 
                               3670                 :                :         /* Mark the proclock to show we need to release this lockmode */
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3671         [ +  - ]:CBC         851 :         if (locallock->nLocks > 0)
                               3672                 :            851 :             locallock->proclock->releaseMask |= LOCKBIT_ON(locallock->tag.mode);
                               3673                 :                : 
                               3674                 :                :         /* And remove the locallock hashtable entry */
                               3675                 :            851 :         RemoveLocalLock(locallock);
                               3676                 :                :     }
                               3677                 :                : 
                               3678                 :                :     /*
                               3679                 :                :      * Now, scan each lock partition separately.
                               3680                 :                :      */
 7588                          3681         [ +  + ]:           5219 :     for (partition = 0; partition < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; partition++)
                               3682                 :                :     {
                               3683                 :                :         LWLock     *partitionLock;
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       3684                 :           4912 :         dlist_head *procLocks = &(MyProc->myProcLocks[partition]);
                               3685                 :                :         dlist_mutable_iter proclock_iter;
                               3686                 :                : 
 4619 rhaas@postgresql.org     3687                 :           4912 :         partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(partition);
                               3688                 :                : 
                               3689                 :                :         /*
                               3690                 :                :          * If the proclock list for this partition is empty, we can skip
                               3691                 :                :          * acquiring the partition lock.  This optimization is safer than the
                               3692                 :                :          * situation in LockReleaseAll, because we got rid of any fast-path
                               3693                 :                :          * locks during AtPrepare_Locks, so there cannot be any case where
                               3694                 :                :          * another backend is adding something to our lists now.  For safety,
                               3695                 :                :          * though, we code this the same way as in LockReleaseAll.
                               3696                 :                :          */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       3697         [ +  + ]:           4912 :         if (dlist_is_empty(procLocks))
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3698                 :           4166 :             continue;           /* needn't examine this partition */
                               3699                 :                : 
                               3700                 :            746 :         LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               3701                 :                : 
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       3702   [ +  -  +  + ]:           1554 :         dlist_foreach_modify(proclock_iter, procLocks)
                               3703                 :                :         {
                               3704                 :            808 :             proclock = dlist_container(PROCLOCK, procLink, proclock_iter.cur);
                               3705                 :                : 
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3706         [ -  + ]:            808 :             Assert(proclock->tag.myProc == MyProc);
                               3707                 :                : 
                               3708                 :            808 :             lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               3709                 :                : 
                               3710                 :                :             /* Ignore VXID locks */
 6955                          3711         [ +  + ]:            808 :             if (lock->tag.locktag_type == LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION)
 4679                          3712                 :             31 :                 continue;
                               3713                 :                : 
                               3714                 :                :             PROCLOCK_PRINT("PostPrepare_Locks", proclock);
                               3715                 :                :             LOCK_PRINT("PostPrepare_Locks", lock, 0);
 7588                          3716         [ -  + ]:            777 :             Assert(lock->nRequested >= 0);
                               3717         [ -  + ]:            777 :             Assert(lock->nGranted >= 0);
                               3718         [ -  + ]:            777 :             Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               3719         [ -  + ]:            777 :             Assert((proclock->holdMask & ~lock->grantMask) == 0);
                               3720                 :                : 
                               3721                 :                :             /* Ignore it if nothing to release (must be a session lock) */
 5252                          3722         [ +  + ]:            777 :             if (proclock->releaseMask == 0)
 4679                          3723                 :              8 :                 continue;
                               3724                 :                : 
                               3725                 :                :             /* Else we should be releasing all locks */
 7588                          3726         [ -  + ]:            769 :             if (proclock->releaseMask != proclock->holdMask)
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3727         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 elog(PANIC, "we seem to have dropped a bit somewhere");
                               3728                 :                : 
                               3729                 :                :             /*
                               3730                 :                :              * We cannot simply modify proclock->tag.myProc to reassign
                               3731                 :                :              * ownership of the lock, because that's part of the hash key and
                               3732                 :                :              * the proclock would then be in the wrong hash chain.  Instead
                               3733                 :                :              * use hash_update_hash_key.  (We used to create a new hash entry,
                               3734                 :                :              * but that risks out-of-memory failure if other processes are
                               3735                 :                :              * busy making proclocks too.)  We must unlink the proclock from
                               3736                 :                :              * our procLink chain and put it into the new proc's chain, too.
                               3737                 :                :              *
                               3738                 :                :              * Note: the updated proclock hash key will still belong to the
                               3739                 :                :              * same hash partition, cf proclock_hash().  So the partition lock
                               3740                 :                :              * we already hold is sufficient for this.
                               3741                 :                :              */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       3742                 :CBC         769 :             dlist_delete(&proclock->procLink);
                               3743                 :                : 
                               3744                 :                :             /*
                               3745                 :                :              * Create the new hash key for the proclock.
                               3746                 :                :              */
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3747                 :            769 :             proclocktag.myLock = lock;
                               3748                 :            769 :             proclocktag.myProc = newproc;
                               3749                 :                : 
                               3750                 :                :             /*
                               3751                 :                :              * Update groupLeader pointer to point to the new proc.  (We'd
                               3752                 :                :              * better not be a member of somebody else's lock group!)
                               3753                 :                :              */
 3878 rhaas@postgresql.org     3754         [ -  + ]:            769 :             Assert(proclock->groupLeader == proclock->tag.myProc);
                               3755                 :            769 :             proclock->groupLeader = newproc;
                               3756                 :                : 
                               3757                 :                :             /*
                               3758                 :                :              * Update the proclock.  We should not find any existing entry for
                               3759                 :                :              * the same hash key, since there can be only one entry for any
                               3760                 :                :              * given lock with my own proc.
                               3761                 :                :              */
 4998 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3762         [ -  + ]:            769 :             if (!hash_update_hash_key(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               3763                 :                :                                       proclock,
                               3764                 :                :                                       &proclocktag))
 4998 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3765         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 elog(PANIC, "duplicate entry found while reassigning a prepared transaction's locks");
                               3766                 :                : 
                               3767                 :                :             /* Re-link into the new proc's proclock list */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       3768                 :CBC         769 :             dlist_push_tail(&newproc->myProcLocks[partition], &proclock->procLink);
                               3769                 :                : 
                               3770                 :                :             PROCLOCK_PRINT("PostPrepare_Locks: updated", proclock);
                               3771                 :                :         }                       /* loop over PROCLOCKs within this partition */
                               3772                 :                : 
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3773                 :            746 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               3774                 :                :     }                           /* loop over partitions */
                               3775                 :                : 
 7765                          3776         [ -  + ]:            307 :     END_CRIT_SECTION();
                               3777                 :            307 : }
                               3778                 :                : 
                               3779                 :                : 
                               3780                 :                : /*
                               3781                 :                :  * GetLockStatusData - Return a summary of the lock manager's internal
                               3782                 :                :  * status, for use in a user-level reporting function.
                               3783                 :                :  *
                               3784                 :                :  * The return data consists of an array of LockInstanceData objects,
                               3785                 :                :  * which are a lightly abstracted version of the PROCLOCK data structures,
                               3786                 :                :  * i.e. there is one entry for each unique lock and interested PGPROC.
                               3787                 :                :  * It is the caller's responsibility to match up related items (such as
                               3788                 :                :  * references to the same lockable object or PGPROC) if wanted.
                               3789                 :                :  *
                               3790                 :                :  * The design goal is to hold the LWLocks for as short a time as possible;
                               3791                 :                :  * thus, this function simply makes a copy of the necessary data and releases
                               3792                 :                :  * the locks, allowing the caller to contemplate and format the data for as
                               3793                 :                :  * long as it pleases.
                               3794                 :                :  */
                               3795                 :                : LockData *
 8786                          3796                 :            335 : GetLockStatusData(void)
                               3797                 :                : {
                               3798                 :                :     LockData   *data;
                               3799                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               3800                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS seqstat;
                               3801                 :                :     int         els;
                               3802                 :                :     int         el;
                               3803                 :                : 
  284 michael@paquier.xyz      3804                 :            335 :     data = palloc_object(LockData);
                               3805                 :                : 
                               3806                 :                :     /* Guess how much space we'll need. */
 1622 rhaas@postgresql.org     3807                 :            335 :     els = MaxBackends;
 5594                          3808                 :            335 :     el = 0;
  284 michael@paquier.xyz      3809                 :            335 :     data->locks = palloc_array(LockInstanceData, els);
                               3810                 :                : 
                               3811                 :                :     /*
                               3812                 :                :      * First, we iterate through the per-backend fast-path arrays, locking
                               3813                 :                :      * them one at a time.  This might produce an inconsistent picture of the
                               3814                 :                :      * system state, but taking all of those LWLocks at the same time seems
                               3815                 :                :      * impractical (in particular, note MAX_SIMUL_LWLOCKS).  It shouldn't
                               3816                 :                :      * matter too much, because none of these locks can be involved in lock
                               3817                 :                :      * conflicts anyway - anything that might must be present in the main lock
                               3818                 :                :      * table.  (For the same reason, we don't sweat about making leaderPid
                               3819                 :                :      * completely valid.  We cannot safely dereference another backend's
                               3820                 :                :      * lockGroupLeader field without holding all lock partition locks, and
                               3821                 :                :      * it's not worth that.)
                               3822                 :                :      */
   71 peter@eisentraut.org     3823         [ +  + ]:GNC       50429 :     for (uint32 i = 0; i < ProcGlobal->allProcCount; ++i)
                               3824                 :                :     {
  258 drowley@postgresql.o     3825                 :CBC       50094 :         PGPROC     *proc = GetPGProcByNumber(i);
                               3826                 :                : 
                               3827                 :                :         /* Skip backends with pid=0, as they don't hold fast-path locks */
  695 fujii@postgresql.org     3828         [ +  + ]:          50094 :         if (proc->pid == 0)
                               3829                 :          45215 :             continue;
                               3830                 :                : 
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3831                 :           4879 :         LWLockAcquire(&proc->fpInfoLock, LW_SHARED);
                               3832                 :                : 
  695 fujii@postgresql.org     3833         [ +  + ]:          43911 :         for (uint32 g = 0; g < FastPathLockGroupsPerBackend; g++)
                               3834                 :                :         {
                               3835                 :                :             /* Skip groups without registered fast-path locks */
                               3836         [ +  + ]:          39032 :             if (proc->fpLockBits[g] == 0)
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3837                 :          34135 :                 continue;
                               3838                 :                : 
  695 fujii@postgresql.org     3839         [ +  + ]:          83249 :             for (int j = 0; j < FP_LOCK_SLOTS_PER_GROUP; j++)
                               3840                 :                :             {
                               3841                 :                :                 LockInstanceData *instance;
                               3842   [ -  +  -  + ]:          78352 :                 uint32      f = FAST_PATH_SLOT(g, j);
                               3843   [ -  +  -  + ]:          78352 :                 uint32      lockbits = FAST_PATH_GET_BITS(proc, f);
                               3844                 :                : 
                               3845                 :                :                 /* Skip unallocated slots */
                               3846         [ +  + ]:          78352 :                 if (!lockbits)
                               3847                 :          71515 :                     continue;
                               3848                 :                : 
                               3849         [ +  + ]:           6837 :                 if (el >= els)
                               3850                 :                :                 {
                               3851                 :             20 :                     els += MaxBackends;
   34 michael@paquier.xyz      3852                 :GNC          20 :                     data->locks = repalloc_array(data->locks, LockInstanceData, els);
                               3853                 :                :                 }
                               3854                 :                : 
  695 fujii@postgresql.org     3855                 :CBC        6837 :                 instance = &data->locks[el];
                               3856                 :           6837 :                 SET_LOCKTAG_RELATION(instance->locktag, proc->databaseId,
                               3857                 :                :                                      proc->fpRelId[f]);
                               3858                 :           6837 :                 instance->holdMask = lockbits << FAST_PATH_LOCKNUMBER_OFFSET;
                               3859                 :           6837 :                 instance->waitLockMode = NoLock;
                               3860                 :           6837 :                 instance->vxid.procNumber = proc->vxid.procNumber;
                               3861                 :           6837 :                 instance->vxid.localTransactionId = proc->vxid.lxid;
                               3862                 :           6837 :                 instance->pid = proc->pid;
                               3863                 :           6837 :                 instance->leaderPid = proc->pid;
                               3864                 :           6837 :                 instance->fastpath = true;
                               3865                 :                : 
                               3866                 :                :                 /*
                               3867                 :                :                  * Successfully taking fast path lock means there were no
                               3868                 :                :                  * conflicting locks.
                               3869                 :                :                  */
                               3870                 :           6837 :                 instance->waitStart = 0;
                               3871                 :                : 
                               3872                 :           6837 :                 el++;
                               3873                 :                :             }
                               3874                 :                :         }
                               3875                 :                : 
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     3876         [ +  + ]:           4879 :         if (proc->fpVXIDLock)
                               3877                 :                :         {
                               3878                 :                :             VirtualTransactionId vxid;
                               3879                 :                :             LockInstanceData *instance;
                               3880                 :                : 
                               3881         [ +  + ]:           1954 :             if (el >= els)
                               3882                 :                :             {
 1622                          3883                 :              4 :                 els += MaxBackends;
   34 michael@paquier.xyz      3884                 :GNC           4 :                 data->locks = repalloc_array(data->locks, LockInstanceData, els);
                               3885                 :                :             }
                               3886                 :                : 
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     3887                 :CBC        1954 :             vxid.procNumber = proc->vxid.procNumber;
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     3888                 :           1954 :             vxid.localTransactionId = proc->fpLocalTransactionId;
                               3889                 :                : 
                               3890                 :           1954 :             instance = &data->locks[el];
                               3891                 :           1954 :             SET_LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION(instance->locktag, vxid);
                               3892                 :           1954 :             instance->holdMask = LOCKBIT_ON(ExclusiveLock);
                               3893                 :           1954 :             instance->waitLockMode = NoLock;
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     3894                 :           1954 :             instance->vxid.procNumber = proc->vxid.procNumber;
                               3895                 :           1954 :             instance->vxid.localTransactionId = proc->vxid.lxid;
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     3896                 :           1954 :             instance->pid = proc->pid;
 3863 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3897                 :           1954 :             instance->leaderPid = proc->pid;
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     3898                 :           1954 :             instance->fastpath = true;
 2043 fujii@postgresql.org     3899                 :           1954 :             instance->waitStart = 0;
                               3900                 :                : 
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     3901                 :           1954 :             el++;
                               3902                 :                :         }
                               3903                 :                : 
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3904                 :           4879 :         LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
                               3905                 :                :     }
                               3906                 :                : 
                               3907                 :                :     /*
                               3908                 :                :      * Next, acquire lock on the entire shared lock data structure.  We do
                               3909                 :                :      * this so that, at least for locks in the primary lock table, the state
                               3910                 :                :      * will be self-consistent.
                               3911                 :                :      *
                               3912                 :                :      * Since this is a read-only operation, we take shared instead of
                               3913                 :                :      * exclusive lock.  There's not a whole lot of point to this, because all
                               3914                 :                :      * the normal operations require exclusive lock, but it doesn't hurt
                               3915                 :                :      * anything either. It will at least allow two backends to do
                               3916                 :                :      * GetLockStatusData in parallel.
                               3917                 :                :      *
                               3918                 :                :      * Must grab LWLocks in partition-number order to avoid LWLock deadlock.
                               3919                 :                :      */
   71 peter@eisentraut.org     3920         [ +  + ]:GNC        5695 :     for (int i = 0; i < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; i++)
 4619 rhaas@postgresql.org     3921                 :CBC        5360 :         LWLockAcquire(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i), LW_SHARED);
                               3922                 :                : 
                               3923                 :                :     /* Now we can safely count the number of proclocks */
 5594                          3924                 :            335 :     data->nelements = el + hash_get_num_entries(LockMethodProcLockHash);
                               3925         [ +  + ]:            335 :     if (data->nelements > els)
                               3926                 :                :     {
                               3927                 :             22 :         els = data->nelements;
   34 michael@paquier.xyz      3928                 :GNC          22 :         data->locks = repalloc_array(data->locks, LockInstanceData, els);
                               3929                 :                :     }
                               3930                 :                : 
                               3931                 :                :     /* Now scan the tables to copy the data */
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3932                 :CBC         335 :     hash_seq_init(&seqstat, LockMethodProcLockHash);
                               3933                 :                : 
                               3934         [ +  + ]:           4703 :     while ((proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&seqstat)))
                               3935                 :                :     {
                               3936                 :           4368 :         PGPROC     *proc = proclock->tag.myProc;
                               3937                 :           4368 :         LOCK       *lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
 5215 bruce@momjian.us         3938                 :           4368 :         LockInstanceData *instance = &data->locks[el];
                               3939                 :                : 
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3940                 :           4368 :         memcpy(&instance->locktag, &lock->tag, sizeof(LOCKTAG));
                               3941                 :           4368 :         instance->holdMask = proclock->holdMask;
                               3942         [ +  + ]:           4368 :         if (proc->waitLock == proclock->tag.myLock)
                               3943                 :             11 :             instance->waitLockMode = proc->waitLockMode;
                               3944                 :                :         else
                               3945                 :           4357 :             instance->waitLockMode = NoLock;
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     3946                 :           4368 :         instance->vxid.procNumber = proc->vxid.procNumber;
                               3947                 :           4368 :         instance->vxid.localTransactionId = proc->vxid.lxid;
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3948                 :           4368 :         instance->pid = proc->pid;
 3863 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3949                 :           4368 :         instance->leaderPid = proclock->groupLeader->pid;
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3950                 :           4368 :         instance->fastpath = false;
 2043 fujii@postgresql.org     3951                 :           4368 :         instance->waitStart = (TimestampTz) pg_atomic_read_u64(&proc->waitStart);
                               3952                 :                : 
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3953                 :           4368 :         el++;
                               3954                 :                :     }
                               3955                 :                : 
                               3956                 :                :     /*
                               3957                 :                :      * And release locks.  We do this in reverse order for two reasons: (1)
                               3958                 :                :      * Anyone else who needs more than one of the locks will be trying to lock
                               3959                 :                :      * them in increasing order; we don't want to release the other process
                               3960                 :                :      * until it can get all the locks it needs. (2) This avoids O(N^2)
                               3961                 :                :      * behavior inside LWLockRelease.
                               3962                 :                :      */
   71 peter@eisentraut.org     3963         [ +  + ]:GNC        5695 :     for (int i = NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; --i >= 0;)
 4619 rhaas@postgresql.org     3964                 :CBC        5360 :         LWLockRelease(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i));
                               3965                 :                : 
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3966         [ -  + ]:            335 :     Assert(el == data->nelements);
                               3967                 :                : 
 8786                          3968                 :            335 :     return data;
                               3969                 :                : }
                               3970                 :                : 
                               3971                 :                : /*
                               3972                 :                :  * GetBlockerStatusData - Return a summary of the lock manager's state
                               3973                 :                :  * concerning locks that are blocking the specified PID or any member of
                               3974                 :                :  * the PID's lock group, for use in a user-level reporting function.
                               3975                 :                :  *
                               3976                 :                :  * For each PID within the lock group that is awaiting some heavyweight lock,
                               3977                 :                :  * the return data includes an array of LockInstanceData objects, which are
                               3978                 :                :  * the same data structure used by GetLockStatusData; but unlike that function,
                               3979                 :                :  * this one reports only the PROCLOCKs associated with the lock that that PID
                               3980                 :                :  * is blocked on.  (Hence, all the locktags should be the same for any one
                               3981                 :                :  * blocked PID.)  In addition, we return an array of the PIDs of those backends
                               3982                 :                :  * that are ahead of the blocked PID in the lock's wait queue.  These can be
                               3983                 :                :  * compared with the PIDs in the LockInstanceData objects to determine which
                               3984                 :                :  * waiters are ahead of or behind the blocked PID in the queue.
                               3985                 :                :  *
                               3986                 :                :  * If blocked_pid isn't a valid backend PID or nothing in its lock group is
                               3987                 :                :  * waiting on any heavyweight lock, return empty arrays.
                               3988                 :                :  *
                               3989                 :                :  * The design goal is to hold the LWLocks for as short a time as possible;
                               3990                 :                :  * thus, this function simply makes a copy of the necessary data and releases
                               3991                 :                :  * the locks, allowing the caller to contemplate and format the data for as
                               3992                 :                :  * long as it pleases.
                               3993                 :                :  */
                               3994                 :                : BlockedProcsData *
 3863                          3995                 :           3573 : GetBlockerStatusData(int blocked_pid)
                               3996                 :                : {
                               3997                 :                :     BlockedProcsData *data;
                               3998                 :                :     PGPROC     *proc;
                               3999                 :                :     int         i;
                               4000                 :                : 
  284 michael@paquier.xyz      4001                 :           3573 :     data = palloc_object(BlockedProcsData);
                               4002                 :                : 
                               4003                 :                :     /*
                               4004                 :                :      * Guess how much space we'll need, and preallocate.  Most of the time
                               4005                 :                :      * this will avoid needing to do repalloc while holding the LWLocks.  (We
                               4006                 :                :      * assume, but check with an Assert, that MaxBackends is enough entries
                               4007                 :                :      * for the procs[] array; the other two could need enlargement, though.)
                               4008                 :                :      */
 3863 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4009                 :           3573 :     data->nprocs = data->nlocks = data->npids = 0;
 1622 rhaas@postgresql.org     4010                 :           3573 :     data->maxprocs = data->maxlocks = data->maxpids = MaxBackends;
  284 michael@paquier.xyz      4011                 :           3573 :     data->procs = palloc_array(BlockedProcData, data->maxprocs);
                               4012                 :           3573 :     data->locks = palloc_array(LockInstanceData, data->maxlocks);
                               4013                 :           3573 :     data->waiter_pids = palloc_array(int, data->maxpids);
                               4014                 :                : 
                               4015                 :                :     /*
                               4016                 :                :      * In order to search the ProcArray for blocked_pid and assume that that
                               4017                 :                :      * entry won't immediately disappear under us, we must hold ProcArrayLock.
                               4018                 :                :      * In addition, to examine the lock grouping fields of any other backend,
                               4019                 :                :      * we must hold all the hash partition locks.  (Only one of those locks is
                               4020                 :                :      * actually relevant for any one lock group, but we can't know which one
                               4021                 :                :      * ahead of time.)  It's fairly annoying to hold all those locks
                               4022                 :                :      * throughout this, but it's no worse than GetLockStatusData(), and it
                               4023                 :                :      * does have the advantage that we're guaranteed to return a
                               4024                 :                :      * self-consistent instantaneous state.
                               4025                 :                :      */
 3863 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4026                 :           3573 :     LWLockAcquire(ProcArrayLock, LW_SHARED);
                               4027                 :                : 
                               4028                 :           3573 :     proc = BackendPidGetProcWithLock(blocked_pid);
                               4029                 :                : 
                               4030                 :                :     /* Nothing to do if it's gone */
                               4031         [ +  - ]:           3573 :     if (proc != NULL)
                               4032                 :                :     {
                               4033                 :                :         /*
                               4034                 :                :          * Acquire lock on the entire shared lock data structure.  See notes
                               4035                 :                :          * in GetLockStatusData().
                               4036                 :                :          */
                               4037         [ +  + ]:          60741 :         for (i = 0; i < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; i++)
                               4038                 :          57168 :             LWLockAcquire(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i), LW_SHARED);
                               4039                 :                : 
                               4040         [ +  + ]:           3573 :         if (proc->lockGroupLeader == NULL)
                               4041                 :                :         {
                               4042                 :                :             /* Easy case, proc is not a lock group member */
                               4043                 :           3318 :             GetSingleProcBlockerStatusData(proc, data);
                               4044                 :                :         }
                               4045                 :                :         else
                               4046                 :                :         {
                               4047                 :                :             /* Examine all procs in proc's lock group */
                               4048                 :                :             dlist_iter  iter;
                               4049                 :                : 
                               4050   [ +  -  +  + ]:            619 :             dlist_foreach(iter, &proc->lockGroupLeader->lockGroupMembers)
                               4051                 :                :             {
                               4052                 :                :                 PGPROC     *memberProc;
                               4053                 :                : 
                               4054                 :            364 :                 memberProc = dlist_container(PGPROC, lockGroupLink, iter.cur);
                               4055                 :            364 :                 GetSingleProcBlockerStatusData(memberProc, data);
                               4056                 :                :             }
                               4057                 :                :         }
                               4058                 :                : 
                               4059                 :                :         /*
                               4060                 :                :          * And release locks.  See notes in GetLockStatusData().
                               4061                 :                :          */
                               4062         [ +  + ]:          60741 :         for (i = NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; --i >= 0;)
                               4063                 :          57168 :             LWLockRelease(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i));
                               4064                 :                : 
                               4065         [ -  + ]:           3573 :         Assert(data->nprocs <= data->maxprocs);
                               4066                 :                :     }
                               4067                 :                : 
                               4068                 :           3573 :     LWLockRelease(ProcArrayLock);
                               4069                 :                : 
                               4070                 :           3573 :     return data;
                               4071                 :                : }
                               4072                 :                : 
                               4073                 :                : /* Accumulate data about one possibly-blocked proc for GetBlockerStatusData */
                               4074                 :                : static void
                               4075                 :           3682 : GetSingleProcBlockerStatusData(PGPROC *blocked_proc, BlockedProcsData *data)
                               4076                 :                : {
                               4077                 :           3682 :     LOCK       *theLock = blocked_proc->waitLock;
                               4078                 :                :     BlockedProcData *bproc;
                               4079                 :                :     dlist_iter  proclock_iter;
                               4080                 :                :     dlist_iter  proc_iter;
                               4081                 :                :     dclist_head *waitQueue;
                               4082                 :                :     int         queue_size;
                               4083                 :                : 
                               4084                 :                :     /* Nothing to do if this proc is not blocked */
                               4085         [ +  + ]:           3682 :     if (theLock == NULL)
                               4086                 :           2446 :         return;
                               4087                 :                : 
                               4088                 :                :     /* Set up a procs[] element */
                               4089                 :           1236 :     bproc = &data->procs[data->nprocs++];
                               4090                 :           1236 :     bproc->pid = blocked_proc->pid;
                               4091                 :           1236 :     bproc->first_lock = data->nlocks;
                               4092                 :           1236 :     bproc->first_waiter = data->npids;
                               4093                 :                : 
                               4094                 :                :     /*
                               4095                 :                :      * We may ignore the proc's fast-path arrays, since nothing in those could
                               4096                 :                :      * be related to a contended lock.
                               4097                 :                :      */
                               4098                 :                : 
                               4099                 :                :     /* Collect all PROCLOCKs associated with theLock */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       4100   [ +  -  +  + ]:           3753 :     dlist_foreach(proclock_iter, &theLock->procLocks)
                               4101                 :                :     {
                               4102                 :           2517 :         PROCLOCK   *proclock =
                               4103                 :           2517 :             dlist_container(PROCLOCK, lockLink, proclock_iter.cur);
 3863 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4104                 :           2517 :         PGPROC     *proc = proclock->tag.myProc;
                               4105                 :           2517 :         LOCK       *lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               4106                 :                :         LockInstanceData *instance;
                               4107                 :                : 
                               4108         [ -  + ]:           2517 :         if (data->nlocks >= data->maxlocks)
                               4109                 :                :         {
 1622 rhaas@postgresql.org     4110                 :UBC           0 :             data->maxlocks += MaxBackends;
   34 michael@paquier.xyz      4111                 :UNC           0 :             data->locks = repalloc_array(data->locks, LockInstanceData, data->maxlocks);
                               4112                 :                :         }
                               4113                 :                : 
 3863 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4114                 :CBC        2517 :         instance = &data->locks[data->nlocks];
                               4115                 :           2517 :         memcpy(&instance->locktag, &lock->tag, sizeof(LOCKTAG));
                               4116                 :           2517 :         instance->holdMask = proclock->holdMask;
                               4117         [ +  + ]:           2517 :         if (proc->waitLock == lock)
                               4118                 :           1276 :             instance->waitLockMode = proc->waitLockMode;
                               4119                 :                :         else
                               4120                 :           1241 :             instance->waitLockMode = NoLock;
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     4121                 :           2517 :         instance->vxid.procNumber = proc->vxid.procNumber;
                               4122                 :           2517 :         instance->vxid.localTransactionId = proc->vxid.lxid;
 3863 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4123                 :           2517 :         instance->pid = proc->pid;
                               4124                 :           2517 :         instance->leaderPid = proclock->groupLeader->pid;
                               4125                 :           2517 :         instance->fastpath = false;
                               4126                 :           2517 :         data->nlocks++;
                               4127                 :                :     }
                               4128                 :                : 
                               4129                 :                :     /* Enlarge waiter_pids[] if it's too small to hold all wait queue PIDs */
                               4130                 :           1236 :     waitQueue = &(theLock->waitProcs);
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       4131                 :           1236 :     queue_size = dclist_count(waitQueue);
                               4132                 :                : 
 3863 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4133         [ -  + ]:           1236 :     if (queue_size > data->maxpids - data->npids)
                               4134                 :                :     {
 1622 rhaas@postgresql.org     4135                 :UBC           0 :         data->maxpids = Max(data->maxpids + MaxBackends,
                               4136                 :                :                             data->npids + queue_size);
   34 michael@paquier.xyz      4137                 :UNC           0 :         data->waiter_pids = repalloc_array(data->waiter_pids, int, data->maxpids);
                               4138                 :                :     }
                               4139                 :                : 
                               4140                 :                :     /* Collect PIDs from the lock's wait queue, stopping at blocked_proc */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       4141   [ +  -  +  - ]:CBC        1255 :     dclist_foreach(proc_iter, waitQueue)
                               4142                 :                :     {
  212 heikki.linnakangas@i     4143                 :           1255 :         PGPROC     *queued_proc = dlist_container(PGPROC, waitLink, proc_iter.cur);
                               4144                 :                : 
 1446 drowley@postgresql.o     4145         [ +  + ]:           1255 :         if (queued_proc == blocked_proc)
 3863 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4146                 :           1236 :             break;
 1446 drowley@postgresql.o     4147                 :             19 :         data->waiter_pids[data->npids++] = queued_proc->pid;
                               4148                 :                :     }
                               4149                 :                : 
 3863 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4150                 :           1236 :     bproc->num_locks = data->nlocks - bproc->first_lock;
                               4151                 :           1236 :     bproc->num_waiters = data->npids - bproc->first_waiter;
                               4152                 :                : }
                               4153                 :                : 
                               4154                 :                : /*
                               4155                 :                :  * Returns a list of currently held AccessExclusiveLocks, for use by
                               4156                 :                :  * LogStandbySnapshot().  The result is a palloc'd array,
                               4157                 :                :  * with the number of elements returned into *nlocks.
                               4158                 :                :  *
                               4159                 :                :  * XXX This currently takes a lock on all partitions of the lock table,
                               4160                 :                :  * but it's possible to do better.  By reference counting locks and storing
                               4161                 :                :  * the value in the ProcArray entry for each backend we could tell if any
                               4162                 :                :  * locks need recording without having to acquire the partition locks and
                               4163                 :                :  * scan the lock table.  Whether that's worth the additional overhead
                               4164                 :                :  * is pretty dubious though.
                               4165                 :                :  */
                               4166                 :                : xl_standby_lock *
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4167                 :           1663 : GetRunningTransactionLocks(int *nlocks)
                               4168                 :                : {
                               4169                 :                :     xl_standby_lock *accessExclusiveLocks;
                               4170                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               4171                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS seqstat;
                               4172                 :                :     int         i;
                               4173                 :                :     int         index;
                               4174                 :                :     int         els;
                               4175                 :                : 
                               4176                 :                :     /*
                               4177                 :                :      * Acquire lock on the entire shared lock data structure.
                               4178                 :                :      *
                               4179                 :                :      * Must grab LWLocks in partition-number order to avoid LWLock deadlock.
                               4180                 :                :      */
                               4181         [ +  + ]:          28271 :     for (i = 0; i < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; i++)
 4619 rhaas@postgresql.org     4182                 :          26608 :         LWLockAcquire(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i), LW_SHARED);
                               4183                 :                : 
                               4184                 :                :     /* Now we can safely count the number of proclocks */
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4185                 :           1663 :     els = hash_get_num_entries(LockMethodProcLockHash);
                               4186                 :                : 
                               4187                 :                :     /*
                               4188                 :                :      * Allocating enough space for all locks in the lock table is overkill,
                               4189                 :                :      * but it's more convenient and faster than having to enlarge the array.
                               4190                 :                :      */
   34 michael@paquier.xyz      4191                 :GNC        1663 :     accessExclusiveLocks = palloc_array(xl_standby_lock, els);
                               4192                 :                : 
                               4193                 :                :     /* Now scan the tables to copy the data */
 5003 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4194                 :CBC        1663 :     hash_seq_init(&seqstat, LockMethodProcLockHash);
                               4195                 :                : 
                               4196                 :                :     /*
                               4197                 :                :      * If lock is a currently granted AccessExclusiveLock then it will have
                               4198                 :                :      * just one proclock holder, so locks are never accessed twice in this
                               4199                 :                :      * particular case. Don't copy this code for use elsewhere because in the
                               4200                 :                :      * general case this will give you duplicate locks when looking at
                               4201                 :                :      * non-exclusive lock types.
                               4202                 :                :      */
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4203                 :           1663 :     index = 0;
                               4204         [ +  + ]:          11500 :     while ((proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&seqstat)))
                               4205                 :                :     {
                               4206                 :                :         /* make sure this definition matches the one used in LockAcquire */
                               4207         [ +  + ]:           9837 :         if ((proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(AccessExclusiveLock)) &&
                               4208         [ +  + ]:           3823 :             proclock->tag.myLock->tag.locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION)
                               4209                 :                :         {
 6050 bruce@momjian.us         4210                 :           2354 :             PGPROC     *proc = proclock->tag.myProc;
                               4211                 :           2354 :             LOCK       *lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
 2228 andres@anarazel.de       4212                 :           2354 :             TransactionId xid = proc->xid;
                               4213                 :                : 
                               4214                 :                :             /*
                               4215                 :                :              * Don't record locks for transactions if we know they have
                               4216                 :                :              * already issued their WAL record for commit but not yet released
                               4217                 :                :              * lock. It is still possible that we see locks held by already
                               4218                 :                :              * complete transactions, if they haven't yet zeroed their xids.
                               4219                 :                :              */
 5354 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4220         [ +  + ]:           2354 :             if (!TransactionIdIsValid(xid))
                               4221                 :              7 :                 continue;
                               4222                 :                : 
                               4223                 :           2347 :             accessExclusiveLocks[index].xid = xid;
 6050 bruce@momjian.us         4224                 :           2347 :             accessExclusiveLocks[index].dbOid = lock->tag.locktag_field1;
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4225                 :           2347 :             accessExclusiveLocks[index].relOid = lock->tag.locktag_field2;
                               4226                 :                : 
                               4227                 :           2347 :             index++;
                               4228                 :                :         }
                               4229                 :                :     }
                               4230                 :                : 
 4856 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4231         [ -  + ]:           1663 :     Assert(index <= els);
                               4232                 :                : 
                               4233                 :                :     /*
                               4234                 :                :      * And release locks.  We do this in reverse order for two reasons: (1)
                               4235                 :                :      * Anyone else who needs more than one of the locks will be trying to lock
                               4236                 :                :      * them in increasing order; we don't want to release the other process
                               4237                 :                :      * until it can get all the locks it needs. (2) This avoids O(N^2)
                               4238                 :                :      * behavior inside LWLockRelease.
                               4239                 :                :      */
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4240         [ +  + ]:          28271 :     for (i = NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; --i >= 0;)
 4619 rhaas@postgresql.org     4241                 :          26608 :         LWLockRelease(LockHashPartitionLockByIndex(i));
                               4242                 :                : 
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4243                 :           1663 :     *nlocks = index;
                               4244                 :           1663 :     return accessExclusiveLocks;
                               4245                 :                : }
                               4246                 :                : 
                               4247                 :                : /* Provide the textual name of any lock mode */
                               4248                 :                : const char *
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4249                 :          15513 : GetLockmodeName(LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid, LOCKMODE mode)
                               4250                 :                : {
                               4251   [ +  -  -  + ]:          15513 :     Assert(lockmethodid > 0 && lockmethodid < lengthof(LockMethods));
                               4252   [ +  -  -  + ]:          15513 :     Assert(mode > 0 && mode <= LockMethods[lockmethodid]->numLockModes);
                               4253                 :          15513 :     return LockMethods[lockmethodid]->lockModeNames[mode];
                               4254                 :                : }
                               4255                 :                : 
                               4256                 :                : #ifdef LOCK_DEBUG
                               4257                 :                : /*
                               4258                 :                :  * Dump all locks in the given proc's myProcLocks lists.
                               4259                 :                :  *
                               4260                 :                :  * Caller is responsible for having acquired appropriate LWLocks.
                               4261                 :                :  */
                               4262                 :                : void
                               4263                 :                : DumpLocks(PGPROC *proc)
                               4264                 :                : {
                               4265                 :                :     int         i;
                               4266                 :                : 
                               4267                 :                :     if (proc == NULL)
                               4268                 :                :         return;
                               4269                 :                : 
                               4270                 :                :     if (proc->waitLock)
                               4271                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("DumpLocks: waiting on", proc->waitLock, 0);
                               4272                 :                : 
                               4273                 :                :     for (i = 0; i < NUM_LOCK_PARTITIONS; i++)
                               4274                 :                :     {
                               4275                 :                :         dlist_head *procLocks = &proc->myProcLocks[i];
                               4276                 :                :         dlist_iter  iter;
                               4277                 :                : 
                               4278                 :                :         dlist_foreach(iter, procLocks)
                               4279                 :                :         {
                               4280                 :                :             PROCLOCK   *proclock = dlist_container(PROCLOCK, procLink, iter.cur);
                               4281                 :                :             LOCK       *lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               4282                 :                : 
                               4283                 :                :             Assert(proclock->tag.myProc == proc);
                               4284                 :                :             PROCLOCK_PRINT("DumpLocks", proclock);
                               4285                 :                :             LOCK_PRINT("DumpLocks", lock, 0);
                               4286                 :                :         }
                               4287                 :                :     }
                               4288                 :                : }
                               4289                 :                : 
                               4290                 :                : /*
                               4291                 :                :  * Dump all lmgr locks.
                               4292                 :                :  *
                               4293                 :                :  * Caller is responsible for having acquired appropriate LWLocks.
                               4294                 :                :  */
                               4295                 :                : void
                               4296                 :                : DumpAllLocks(void)
                               4297                 :                : {
                               4298                 :                :     PGPROC     *proc;
                               4299                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               4300                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               4301                 :                :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
                               4302                 :                : 
                               4303                 :                :     proc = MyProc;
                               4304                 :                : 
                               4305                 :                :     if (proc && proc->waitLock)
                               4306                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("DumpAllLocks: waiting on", proc->waitLock, 0);
                               4307                 :                : 
                               4308                 :                :     hash_seq_init(&status, LockMethodProcLockHash);
                               4309                 :                : 
                               4310                 :                :     while ((proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
                               4311                 :                :     {
                               4312                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("DumpAllLocks", proclock);
                               4313                 :                : 
                               4314                 :                :         lock = proclock->tag.myLock;
                               4315                 :                :         if (lock)
                               4316                 :                :             LOCK_PRINT("DumpAllLocks", lock, 0);
                               4317                 :                :         else
                               4318                 :                :             elog(LOG, "DumpAllLocks: proclock->tag.myLock = NULL");
                               4319                 :                :     }
                               4320                 :                : }
                               4321                 :                : #endif                          /* LOCK_DEBUG */
                               4322                 :                : 
                               4323                 :                : /*
                               4324                 :                :  * LOCK 2PC resource manager's routines
                               4325                 :                :  */
                               4326                 :                : 
                               4327                 :                : /*
                               4328                 :                :  * Re-acquire a lock belonging to a transaction that was prepared.
                               4329                 :                :  *
                               4330                 :                :  * Because this function is run at db startup, re-acquiring the locks should
                               4331                 :                :  * never conflict with running transactions because there are none.  We
                               4332                 :                :  * assume that the lock state represented by the stored 2PC files is legal.
                               4333                 :                :  *
                               4334                 :                :  * When switching from Hot Standby mode to normal operation, the locks will
                               4335                 :                :  * be already held by the startup process. The locks are acquired for the new
                               4336                 :                :  * procs without checking for conflicts, so we don't get a conflict between the
                               4337                 :                :  * startup process and the dummy procs, even though we will momentarily have
                               4338                 :                :  * a situation where two procs are holding the same AccessExclusiveLock,
                               4339                 :                :  * which isn't normally possible because the conflict. If we're in standby
                               4340                 :                :  * mode, but a recovery snapshot hasn't been established yet, it's possible
                               4341                 :                :  * that some but not all of the locks are already held by the startup process.
                               4342                 :                :  *
                               4343                 :                :  * This approach is simple, but also a bit dangerous, because if there isn't
                               4344                 :                :  * enough shared memory to acquire the locks, an error will be thrown, which
                               4345                 :                :  * is promoted to FATAL and recovery will abort, bringing down postmaster.
                               4346                 :                :  * A safer approach would be to transfer the locks like we do in
                               4347                 :                :  * AtPrepare_Locks, but then again, in hot standby mode it's possible for
                               4348                 :                :  * read-only backends to use up all the shared lock memory anyway, so that
                               4349                 :                :  * replaying the WAL record that needs to acquire a lock will throw an error
                               4350                 :                :  * and PANIC anyway.
                               4351                 :                :  */
                               4352                 :                : void
  440 michael@paquier.xyz      4353                 :             96 : lock_twophase_recover(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info,
                               4354                 :                :                       void *recdata, uint32 len)
                               4355                 :                : {
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4356                 :             96 :     TwoPhaseLockRecord *rec = (TwoPhaseLockRecord *) recdata;
  440 michael@paquier.xyz      4357                 :             96 :     PGPROC     *proc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(fxid, false);
                               4358                 :                :     LOCKTAG    *locktag;
                               4359                 :                :     LOCKMODE    lockmode;
                               4360                 :                :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid;
                               4361                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               4362                 :                :     PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               4363                 :                :     PROCLOCKTAG proclocktag;
                               4364                 :                :     bool        found;
                               4365                 :                :     uint32      hashcode;
                               4366                 :                :     uint32      proclock_hashcode;
                               4367                 :                :     int         partition;
                               4368                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                               4369                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                               4370                 :                : 
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4371         [ -  + ]:             96 :     Assert(len == sizeof(TwoPhaseLockRecord));
                               4372                 :             96 :     locktag = &rec->locktag;
                               4373                 :             96 :     lockmode = rec->lockmode;
                               4374                 :             96 :     lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               4375                 :                : 
 7590                          4376   [ +  -  -  + ]:             96 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4377         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4378                 :CBC          96 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                               4379                 :                : 
 7364                          4380                 :             96 :     hashcode = LockTagHashCode(locktag);
                               4381                 :             96 :     partition = LockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               4382                 :             96 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
                               4383                 :                : 
 7588                          4384                 :             96 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4385                 :                : 
                               4386                 :                :     /*
                               4387                 :                :      * Find or create a lock with this tag.
                               4388                 :                :      */
 7364                          4389                 :             96 :     lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               4390                 :                :                                                 locktag,
                               4391                 :                :                                                 hashcode,
                               4392                 :                :                                                 HASH_ENTER_NULL,
                               4393                 :                :                                                 &found);
 7765                          4394         [ -  + ]:             96 :     if (!lock)
                               4395                 :                :     {
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4396                 :UBC           0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 7765                          4397         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               4398                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               4399                 :                :                  errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               4400                 :                :                  errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               4401                 :                :     }
                               4402                 :                : 
                               4403                 :                :     /*
                               4404                 :                :      * if it's a new lock object, initialize it
                               4405                 :                :      */
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4406         [ +  + ]:CBC          96 :     if (!found)
                               4407                 :                :     {
                               4408                 :             84 :         lock->grantMask = 0;
                               4409                 :             84 :         lock->waitMask = 0;
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       4410                 :             84 :         dlist_init(&lock->procLocks);
                               4411                 :             84 :         dclist_init(&lock->waitProcs);
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4412                 :             84 :         lock->nRequested = 0;
                               4413                 :             84 :         lock->nGranted = 0;
                               4414   [ +  -  +  -  :            504 :         MemSet(lock->requested, 0, sizeof(int) * MAX_LOCKMODES);
                                     +  -  +  -  +  
                                                 + ]
                               4415   [ -  +  -  -  :             84 :         MemSet(lock->granted, 0, sizeof(int) * MAX_LOCKMODES);
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
                               4416                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("lock_twophase_recover: new", lock, lockmode);
                               4417                 :                :     }
                               4418                 :                :     else
                               4419                 :                :     {
                               4420                 :                :         LOCK_PRINT("lock_twophase_recover: found", lock, lockmode);
                               4421   [ +  -  -  + ]:             12 :         Assert((lock->nRequested >= 0) && (lock->requested[lockmode] >= 0));
                               4422   [ +  -  -  + ]:             12 :         Assert((lock->nGranted >= 0) && (lock->granted[lockmode] >= 0));
                               4423         [ -  + ]:             12 :         Assert(lock->nGranted <= lock->nRequested);
                               4424                 :                :     }
                               4425                 :                : 
                               4426                 :                :     /*
                               4427                 :                :      * Create the hash key for the proclock table.
                               4428                 :                :      */
 7364                          4429                 :             96 :     proclocktag.myLock = lock;
                               4430                 :             96 :     proclocktag.myProc = proc;
                               4431                 :                : 
                               4432                 :             96 :     proclock_hashcode = ProcLockHashCode(&proclocktag, hashcode);
                               4433                 :                : 
                               4434                 :                :     /*
                               4435                 :                :      * Find or create a proclock entry with this tag
                               4436                 :                :      */
                               4437                 :             96 :     proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodProcLockHash,
                               4438                 :                :                                                         &proclocktag,
                               4439                 :                :                                                         proclock_hashcode,
                               4440                 :                :                                                         HASH_ENTER_NULL,
                               4441                 :                :                                                         &found);
 7765                          4442         [ -  + ]:             96 :     if (!proclock)
                               4443                 :                :     {
                               4444                 :                :         /* Oops, not enough shmem for the proclock */
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4445         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         if (lock->nRequested == 0)
                               4446                 :                :         {
                               4447                 :                :             /*
                               4448                 :                :              * There are no other requestors of this lock, so garbage-collect
                               4449                 :                :              * the lock object.  We *must* do this to avoid a permanent leak
                               4450                 :                :              * of shared memory, because there won't be anything to cause
                               4451                 :                :              * anyone to release the lock object later.
                               4452                 :                :              */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       4453         [ #  # ]:              0 :             Assert(dlist_is_empty(&lock->procLocks));
 7364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4454         [ #  # ]:              0 :             if (!hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
 1322 peter@eisentraut.org     4455                 :              0 :                                              &(lock->tag),
                               4456                 :                :                                              hashcode,
                               4457                 :                :                                              HASH_REMOVE,
                               4458                 :                :                                              NULL))
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4459         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 elog(PANIC, "lock table corrupted");
                               4460                 :                :         }
 7588                          4461                 :              0 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 7765                          4462         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               4463                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               4464                 :                :                  errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               4465                 :                :                  errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               4466                 :                :     }
                               4467                 :                : 
                               4468                 :                :     /*
                               4469                 :                :      * If new, initialize the new entry
                               4470                 :                :      */
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4471         [ +  + ]:CBC          96 :     if (!found)
                               4472                 :                :     {
 3878 rhaas@postgresql.org     4473         [ -  + ]:             88 :         Assert(proc->lockGroupLeader == NULL);
                               4474                 :             88 :         proclock->groupLeader = proc;
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4475                 :             88 :         proclock->holdMask = 0;
                               4476                 :             88 :         proclock->releaseMask = 0;
                               4477                 :                :         /* Add proclock to appropriate lists */
 1341 andres@anarazel.de       4478                 :             88 :         dlist_push_tail(&lock->procLocks, &proclock->lockLink);
                               4479                 :             88 :         dlist_push_tail(&proc->myProcLocks[partition],
                               4480                 :                :                         &proclock->procLink);
                               4481                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("lock_twophase_recover: new", proclock);
                               4482                 :                :     }
                               4483                 :                :     else
                               4484                 :                :     {
                               4485                 :                :         PROCLOCK_PRINT("lock_twophase_recover: found", proclock);
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4486         [ -  + ]:              8 :         Assert((proclock->holdMask & ~lock->grantMask) == 0);
                               4487                 :                :     }
                               4488                 :                : 
                               4489                 :                :     /*
                               4490                 :                :      * lock->nRequested and lock->requested[] count the total number of
                               4491                 :                :      * requests, whether granted or waiting, so increment those immediately.
                               4492                 :                :      */
                               4493                 :             96 :     lock->nRequested++;
                               4494                 :             96 :     lock->requested[lockmode]++;
                               4495   [ +  -  -  + ]:             96 :     Assert((lock->nRequested > 0) && (lock->requested[lockmode] > 0));
                               4496                 :                : 
                               4497                 :                :     /*
                               4498                 :                :      * We shouldn't already hold the desired lock.
                               4499                 :                :      */
                               4500         [ -  + ]:             96 :     if (proclock->holdMask & LOCKBIT_ON(lockmode))
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4501         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "lock %s on object %u/%u/%u is already held",
                               4502                 :                :              lockMethodTable->lockModeNames[lockmode],
                               4503                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field1, lock->tag.locktag_field2,
                               4504                 :                :              lock->tag.locktag_field3);
                               4505                 :                : 
                               4506                 :                :     /*
                               4507                 :                :      * We ignore any possible conflicts and just grant ourselves the lock. Not
                               4508                 :                :      * only because we don't bother, but also to avoid deadlocks when
                               4509                 :                :      * switching from standby to normal mode. See function comment.
                               4510                 :                :      */
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4511                 :CBC          96 :     GrantLock(lock, proclock, lockmode);
                               4512                 :                : 
                               4513                 :                :     /*
                               4514                 :                :      * Bump strong lock count, to make sure any fast-path lock requests won't
                               4515                 :                :      * be granted without consulting the primary lock table.
                               4516                 :                :      */
 5226 rhaas@postgresql.org     4517   [ +  -  +  +  :             96 :     if (ConflictsWithRelationFastPath(&lock->tag, lockmode))
                                        +  -  +  + ]
                               4518                 :                :     {
 5215 bruce@momjian.us         4519                 :             18 :         uint32      fasthashcode = FastPathStrongLockHashPartition(hashcode);
                               4520                 :                : 
   16 nathan@postgresql.or     4521                 :GNC          18 :         pg_atomic_fetch_add_u32(&FastPathStrongRelationLocks[fasthashcode], 1);
                               4522                 :                :     }
                               4523                 :                : 
 7588 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4524                 :CBC          96 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 7765                          4525                 :             96 : }
                               4526                 :                : 
                               4527                 :                : /*
                               4528                 :                :  * Re-acquire a lock belonging to a transaction that was prepared, when
                               4529                 :                :  * starting up into hot standby mode.
                               4530                 :                :  */
                               4531                 :                : void
  440 michael@paquier.xyz      4532                 :UBC           0 : lock_twophase_standby_recover(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info,
                               4533                 :                :                               void *recdata, uint32 len)
                               4534                 :                : {
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4535                 :              0 :     TwoPhaseLockRecord *rec = (TwoPhaseLockRecord *) recdata;
                               4536                 :                :     LOCKTAG    *locktag;
                               4537                 :                :     LOCKMODE    lockmode;
                               4538                 :                :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid;
                               4539                 :                : 
                               4540         [ #  # ]:              0 :     Assert(len == sizeof(TwoPhaseLockRecord));
                               4541                 :              0 :     locktag = &rec->locktag;
                               4542                 :              0 :     lockmode = rec->lockmode;
                               4543                 :              0 :     lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               4544                 :                : 
                               4545   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
                               4546         [ #  # ]:              0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
                               4547                 :                : 
                               4548         [ #  # ]:              0 :     if (lockmode == AccessExclusiveLock &&
                               4549         [ #  # ]:              0 :         locktag->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION)
                               4550                 :                :     {
  440 michael@paquier.xyz      4551                 :              0 :         StandbyAcquireAccessExclusiveLock(XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid),
                               4552                 :                :                                           locktag->locktag_field1 /* dboid */ ,
                               4553                 :                :                                           locktag->locktag_field2 /* reloid */ );
                               4554                 :                :     }
 6119 simon@2ndQuadrant.co     4555                 :              0 : }
                               4556                 :                : 
                               4557                 :                : 
                               4558                 :                : /*
                               4559                 :                :  * 2PC processing routine for COMMIT PREPARED case.
                               4560                 :                :  *
                               4561                 :                :  * Find and release the lock indicated by the 2PC record.
                               4562                 :                :  */
                               4563                 :                : void
  440 michael@paquier.xyz      4564                 :CBC         876 : lock_twophase_postcommit(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info,
                               4565                 :                :                          void *recdata, uint32 len)
                               4566                 :                : {
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4567                 :            876 :     TwoPhaseLockRecord *rec = (TwoPhaseLockRecord *) recdata;
  440 michael@paquier.xyz      4568                 :            876 :     PGPROC     *proc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(fxid, true);
                               4569                 :                :     LOCKTAG    *locktag;
                               4570                 :                :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid;
                               4571                 :                :     LockMethod  lockMethodTable;
                               4572                 :                : 
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4573         [ -  + ]:            876 :     Assert(len == sizeof(TwoPhaseLockRecord));
                               4574                 :            876 :     locktag = &rec->locktag;
                               4575                 :            876 :     lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               4576                 :                : 
 7590                          4577   [ +  -  -  + ]:            876 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4578         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
 7590 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4579                 :CBC         876 :     lockMethodTable = LockMethods[lockmethodid];
                               4580                 :                : 
 5594 rhaas@postgresql.org     4581                 :            876 :     LockRefindAndRelease(lockMethodTable, proc, locktag, rec->lockmode, true);
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4582                 :            876 : }
                               4583                 :                : 
                               4584                 :                : /*
                               4585                 :                :  * 2PC processing routine for ROLLBACK PREPARED case.
                               4586                 :                :  *
                               4587                 :                :  * This is actually just the same as the COMMIT case.
                               4588                 :                :  */
                               4589                 :                : void
  440 michael@paquier.xyz      4590                 :            186 : lock_twophase_postabort(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info,
                               4591                 :                :                         void *recdata, uint32 len)
                               4592                 :                : {
                               4593                 :            186 :     lock_twophase_postcommit(fxid, info, recdata, len);
 7765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4594                 :            186 : }
                               4595                 :                : 
                               4596                 :                : /*
                               4597                 :                :  *      VirtualXactLockTableInsert
                               4598                 :                :  *
                               4599                 :                :  *      Take vxid lock via the fast-path.  There can't be any pre-existing
                               4600                 :                :  *      lockers, as we haven't advertised this vxid via the ProcArray yet.
                               4601                 :                :  *
                               4602                 :                :  *      Since MyProc->fpLocalTransactionId will normally contain the same data
                               4603                 :                :  *      as MyProc->vxid.lxid, you might wonder if we really need both.  The
                               4604                 :                :  *      difference is that MyProc->vxid.lxid is set and cleared unlocked, and
                               4605                 :                :  *      examined by procarray.c, while fpLocalTransactionId is protected by
                               4606                 :                :  *      fpInfoLock and is used only by the locking subsystem.  Doing it this
                               4607                 :                :  *      way makes it easier to verify that there are no funny race conditions.
                               4608                 :                :  *
                               4609                 :                :  *      We don't bother recording this lock in the local lock table, since it's
                               4610                 :                :  *      only ever released at the end of a transaction.  Instead,
                               4611                 :                :  *      LockReleaseAll() calls VirtualXactLockTableCleanup().
                               4612                 :                :  */
                               4613                 :                : void
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4614                 :         426209 : VirtualXactLockTableInsert(VirtualTransactionId vxid)
                               4615                 :                : {
                               4616         [ -  + ]:         426209 :     Assert(VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(vxid));
                               4617                 :                : 
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4618                 :         426209 :     LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4619                 :                : 
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     4620         [ -  + ]:         426209 :     Assert(MyProc->vxid.procNumber == vxid.procNumber);
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4621         [ -  + ]:         426209 :     Assert(MyProc->fpLocalTransactionId == InvalidLocalTransactionId);
                               4622         [ -  + ]:         426209 :     Assert(MyProc->fpVXIDLock == false);
                               4623                 :                : 
                               4624                 :         426209 :     MyProc->fpVXIDLock = true;
                               4625                 :         426209 :     MyProc->fpLocalTransactionId = vxid.localTransactionId;
                               4626                 :                : 
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4627                 :         426209 :     LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4628                 :         426209 : }
                               4629                 :                : 
                               4630                 :                : /*
                               4631                 :                :  *      VirtualXactLockTableCleanup
                               4632                 :                :  *
                               4633                 :                :  *      Check whether a VXID lock has been materialized; if so, release it,
                               4634                 :                :  *      unblocking waiters.
                               4635                 :                :  */
                               4636                 :                : void
 4679 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4637                 :         426764 : VirtualXactLockTableCleanup(void)
                               4638                 :                : {
                               4639                 :                :     bool        fastpath;
                               4640                 :                :     LocalTransactionId lxid;
                               4641                 :                : 
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     4642         [ -  + ]:         426764 :     Assert(MyProc->vxid.procNumber != INVALID_PROC_NUMBER);
                               4643                 :                : 
                               4644                 :                :     /*
                               4645                 :                :      * Clean up shared memory state.
                               4646                 :                :      */
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4647                 :         426764 :     LWLockAcquire(&MyProc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4648                 :                : 
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4649                 :         426764 :     fastpath = MyProc->fpVXIDLock;
                               4650                 :         426764 :     lxid = MyProc->fpLocalTransactionId;
                               4651                 :         426764 :     MyProc->fpVXIDLock = false;
                               4652                 :         426764 :     MyProc->fpLocalTransactionId = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
                               4653                 :                : 
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4654                 :         426764 :     LWLockRelease(&MyProc->fpInfoLock);
                               4655                 :                : 
                               4656                 :                :     /*
                               4657                 :                :      * If fpVXIDLock has been cleared without touching fpLocalTransactionId,
                               4658                 :                :      * that means someone transferred the lock to the main lock table.
                               4659                 :                :      */
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4660   [ +  +  +  + ]:         426764 :     if (!fastpath && LocalTransactionIdIsValid(lxid))
                               4661                 :                :     {
                               4662                 :                :         VirtualTransactionId vxid;
                               4663                 :                :         LOCKTAG     locktag;
                               4664                 :                : 
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     4665                 :            302 :         vxid.procNumber = MyProcNumber;
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4666                 :            302 :         vxid.localTransactionId = lxid;
                               4667                 :            302 :         SET_LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION(locktag, vxid);
                               4668                 :                : 
                               4669                 :            302 :         LockRefindAndRelease(LockMethods[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD], MyProc,
                               4670                 :                :                              &locktag, ExclusiveLock, false);
                               4671                 :                :     }
                               4672                 :         426764 : }
                               4673                 :                : 
                               4674                 :                : /*
                               4675                 :                :  *      XactLockForVirtualXact
                               4676                 :                :  *
                               4677                 :                :  * If TransactionIdIsValid(xid), this is essentially XactLockTableWait(xid,
                               4678                 :                :  * NULL, NULL, XLTW_None) or ConditionalXactLockTableWait(xid).  Unlike those
                               4679                 :                :  * functions, it assumes "xid" is never a subtransaction and that "xid" is
                               4680                 :                :  * prepared, committed, or aborted.
                               4681                 :                :  *
                               4682                 :                :  * If !TransactionIdIsValid(xid), this locks every prepared XID having been
                               4683                 :                :  * known as "vxid" before its PREPARE TRANSACTION.
                               4684                 :                :  */
                               4685                 :                : static bool
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4686                 :            335 : XactLockForVirtualXact(VirtualTransactionId vxid,
                               4687                 :                :                        TransactionId xid, bool wait)
                               4688                 :                : {
                               4689                 :            335 :     bool        more = false;
                               4690                 :                : 
                               4691                 :                :     /* There is no point to wait for 2PCs if you have no 2PCs. */
                               4692         [ +  + ]:            335 :     if (max_prepared_xacts == 0)
                               4693                 :            147 :         return true;
                               4694                 :                : 
                               4695                 :                :     do
                               4696                 :                :     {
                               4697                 :                :         LockAcquireResult lar;
                               4698                 :                :         LOCKTAG     tag;
                               4699                 :                : 
                               4700                 :                :         /* Clear state from previous iterations. */
                               4701         [ -  + ]:            188 :         if (more)
                               4702                 :                :         {
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4703                 :UBC           0 :             xid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               4704                 :              0 :             more = false;
                               4705                 :                :         }
                               4706                 :                : 
                               4707                 :                :         /* If we have no xid, try to find one. */
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4708         [ +  + ]:CBC         188 :         if (!TransactionIdIsValid(xid))
                               4709                 :             91 :             xid = TwoPhaseGetXidByVirtualXID(vxid, &more);
                               4710         [ +  + ]:            188 :         if (!TransactionIdIsValid(xid))
                               4711                 :                :         {
                               4712         [ -  + ]:             79 :             Assert(!more);
                               4713                 :             79 :             return true;
                               4714                 :                :         }
                               4715                 :                : 
                               4716                 :                :         /* Check or wait for XID completion. */
                               4717                 :            109 :         SET_LOCKTAG_TRANSACTION(tag, xid);
                               4718                 :            109 :         lar = LockAcquire(&tag, ShareLock, false, !wait);
                               4719         [ -  + ]:            109 :         if (lar == LOCKACQUIRE_NOT_AVAIL)
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4720                 :UBC           0 :             return false;
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4721                 :CBC         109 :         LockRelease(&tag, ShareLock, false);
                               4722         [ -  + ]:            109 :     } while (more);
                               4723                 :                : 
                               4724                 :            109 :     return true;
                               4725                 :                : }
                               4726                 :                : 
                               4727                 :                : /*
                               4728                 :                :  *      VirtualXactLock
                               4729                 :                :  *
                               4730                 :                :  * If wait = true, wait as long as the given VXID or any XID acquired by the
                               4731                 :                :  * same transaction is still running.  Then, return true.
                               4732                 :                :  *
                               4733                 :                :  * If wait = false, just check whether that VXID or one of those XIDs is still
                               4734                 :                :  * running, and return true or false.
                               4735                 :                :  */
                               4736                 :                : bool
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4737                 :            376 : VirtualXactLock(VirtualTransactionId vxid, bool wait)
                               4738                 :                : {
                               4739                 :                :     LOCKTAG     tag;
                               4740                 :                :     PGPROC     *proc;
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4741                 :            376 :     TransactionId xid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               4742                 :                : 
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4743         [ -  + ]:            376 :     Assert(VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(vxid));
                               4744                 :                : 
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4745         [ +  + ]:            376 :     if (VirtualTransactionIdIsRecoveredPreparedXact(vxid))
                               4746                 :                :         /* no vxid lock; localTransactionId is a normal, locked XID */
                               4747                 :              1 :         return XactLockForVirtualXact(vxid, vxid.localTransactionId, wait);
                               4748                 :                : 
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4749                 :            375 :     SET_LOCKTAG_VIRTUALTRANSACTION(tag, vxid);
                               4750                 :                : 
                               4751                 :                :     /*
                               4752                 :                :      * If a lock table entry must be made, this is the PGPROC on whose behalf
                               4753                 :                :      * it must be done.  Note that the transaction might end or the PGPROC
                               4754                 :                :      * might be reassigned to a new backend before we get around to examining
                               4755                 :                :      * it, but it doesn't matter.  If we find upon examination that the
                               4756                 :                :      * relevant lxid is no longer running here, that's enough to prove that
                               4757                 :                :      * it's no longer running anywhere.
                               4758                 :                :      */
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     4759                 :            375 :     proc = ProcNumberGetProc(vxid.procNumber);
 5458 rhaas@postgresql.org     4760         [ +  + ]:            375 :     if (proc == NULL)
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4761                 :              4 :         return XactLockForVirtualXact(vxid, InvalidTransactionId, wait);
                               4762                 :                : 
                               4763                 :                :     /*
                               4764                 :                :      * We must acquire this lock before checking the procNumber and lxid
                               4765                 :                :      * against the ones we're waiting for.  The target backend will only set
                               4766                 :                :      * or clear lxid while holding this lock.
                               4767                 :                :      */
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4768                 :            371 :     LWLockAcquire(&proc->fpInfoLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4769                 :                : 
  931 heikki.linnakangas@i     4770         [ +  - ]:            371 :     if (proc->vxid.procNumber != vxid.procNumber
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4771         [ +  + ]:            371 :         || proc->fpLocalTransactionId != vxid.localTransactionId)
                               4772                 :                :     {
                               4773                 :                :         /* VXID ended */
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4774                 :             43 :         LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4775                 :             43 :         return XactLockForVirtualXact(vxid, InvalidTransactionId, wait);
                               4776                 :                :     }
                               4777                 :                : 
                               4778                 :                :     /*
                               4779                 :                :      * If we aren't asked to wait, there's no need to set up a lock table
                               4780                 :                :      * entry.  The transaction is still in progress, so just return false.
                               4781                 :                :      */
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4782         [ +  + ]:            328 :     if (!wait)
                               4783                 :                :     {
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4784                 :             15 :         LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4785                 :             15 :         return false;
                               4786                 :                :     }
                               4787                 :                : 
                               4788                 :                :     /*
                               4789                 :                :      * OK, we're going to need to sleep on the VXID.  But first, we must set
                               4790                 :                :      * up the primary lock table entry, if needed (ie, convert the proc's
                               4791                 :                :      * fast-path lock on its VXID to a regular lock).
                               4792                 :                :      */
                               4793         [ +  + ]:            313 :     if (proc->fpVXIDLock)
                               4794                 :                :     {
                               4795                 :                :         PROCLOCK   *proclock;
                               4796                 :                :         uint32      hashcode;
                               4797                 :                :         LWLock     *partitionLock;
                               4798                 :                : 
                               4799                 :            302 :         hashcode = LockTagHashCode(&tag);
                               4800                 :                : 
 5003 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4801                 :            302 :         partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
                               4802                 :            302 :         LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4803                 :                : 
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4804                 :            302 :         proclock = SetupLockInTable(LockMethods[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD], proc,
                               4805                 :                :                                     &tag, hashcode, ExclusiveLock);
                               4806         [ -  + ]:            302 :         if (!proclock)
                               4807                 :                :         {
 5003 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4808                 :UBC           0 :             LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
 2319                          4809                 :              0 :             LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4810         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               4811                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               4812                 :                :                      errmsg("out of shared memory"),
                               4813                 :                :                      errhint("You might need to increase \"%s\".", "max_locks_per_transaction")));
                               4814                 :                :         }
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4815                 :CBC         302 :         GrantLock(proclock->tag.myLock, proclock, ExclusiveLock);
                               4816                 :                : 
 5003 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4817                 :            302 :         LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               4818                 :                : 
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4819                 :            302 :         proc->fpVXIDLock = false;
                               4820                 :                :     }
                               4821                 :                : 
                               4822                 :                :     /*
                               4823                 :                :      * If the proc has an XID now, we'll avoid a TwoPhaseGetXidByVirtualXID()
                               4824                 :                :      * search.  The proc might have assigned this XID but not yet locked it,
                               4825                 :                :      * in which case the proc will lock this XID before releasing the VXID.
                               4826                 :                :      * The fpInfoLock critical section excludes VirtualXactLockTableCleanup(),
                               4827                 :                :      * so we won't save an XID of a different VXID.  It doesn't matter whether
                               4828                 :                :      * we save this before or after setting up the primary lock table entry.
                               4829                 :                :      */
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4830                 :            313 :     xid = proc->xid;
                               4831                 :                : 
                               4832                 :                :     /* Done with proc->fpLockBits */
 2319 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4833                 :            313 :     LWLockRelease(&proc->fpInfoLock);
                               4834                 :                : 
                               4835                 :                :     /* Time to wait. */
 5526 rhaas@postgresql.org     4836                 :            313 :     (void) LockAcquire(&tag, ShareLock, false, false);
                               4837                 :                : 
                               4838                 :            287 :     LockRelease(&tag, ShareLock, false);
 1793 noah@leadboat.com        4839                 :            287 :     return XactLockForVirtualXact(vxid, xid, wait);
                               4840                 :                : }
                               4841                 :                : 
                               4842                 :                : /*
                               4843                 :                :  * LockWaiterCount
                               4844                 :                :  *
                               4845                 :                :  * Find the number of lock requester on this locktag
                               4846                 :                :  */
                               4847                 :                : int
 3817 rhaas@postgresql.org     4848                 :          91494 : LockWaiterCount(const LOCKTAG *locktag)
                               4849                 :                : {
                               4850                 :          91494 :     LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid = locktag->locktag_lockmethodid;
                               4851                 :                :     LOCK       *lock;
                               4852                 :                :     bool        found;
                               4853                 :                :     uint32      hashcode;
                               4854                 :                :     LWLock     *partitionLock;
                               4855                 :          91494 :     int         waiters = 0;
                               4856                 :                : 
                               4857   [ +  -  -  + ]:          91494 :     if (lockmethodid <= 0 || lockmethodid >= lengthof(LockMethods))
 3817 rhaas@postgresql.org     4858         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized lock method: %d", lockmethodid);
                               4859                 :                : 
 3817 rhaas@postgresql.org     4860                 :CBC       91494 :     hashcode = LockTagHashCode(locktag);
                               4861                 :          91494 :     partitionLock = LockHashPartitionLock(hashcode);
                               4862                 :          91494 :     LWLockAcquire(partitionLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                               4863                 :                : 
                               4864                 :          91494 :     lock = (LOCK *) hash_search_with_hash_value(LockMethodLockHash,
                               4865                 :                :                                                 locktag,
                               4866                 :                :                                                 hashcode,
                               4867                 :                :                                                 HASH_FIND,
                               4868                 :                :                                                 &found);
                               4869         [ +  + ]:          91494 :     if (found)
                               4870                 :                :     {
                               4871         [ -  + ]:              9 :         Assert(lock != NULL);
                               4872                 :              9 :         waiters = lock->nRequested;
                               4873                 :                :     }
                               4874                 :          91494 :     LWLockRelease(partitionLock);
                               4875                 :                : 
                               4876                 :          91494 :     return waiters;
                               4877                 :                : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.0-1